HADCO CORP
10-K405, 1998-01-16
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VIII, 497, 1998-01-16
Next: HADCO CORP, DEF 14A, 1998-01-16



<PAGE>   1
 
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
[X]             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended October 25, 1997
 
                                       or
 
[ ]           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
           For the transition period from             to
 
                          Commission File No. 0-12102

                            ------------------------
 
                               HADCO CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                  MASSACHUSETTS                               04-2393279
         (State or other jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S Employer
          incorporation or organization)                 Identification No.)

     12A MANOR PARKWAY, SALEM, NEW HAMPSHIRE                    03079
     (Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)
 
                                 (603) 898-8000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $.05
                                   par value

                            ------------------------
 
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [X]
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X   No   .
                                              ---    ---
 
     The aggregate market value of voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant was $497,669,961 based on the price of the last reported sale on
the over-the-counter National Market System on January 9, 1998 as reported by
NASDAQ.
 
     As of January 9, 1998, there were 13,107,357 shares of Common Stock, $.05
per value, outstanding.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     The Company intends to file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended October 25,
1997. Portions of such proxy statement are incorporated by reference into Part
III of this Report.

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
     Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters
discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements that
involve risks and uncertainties. Hadco Corporation makes such forward-looking
statements under the provision of the "Safe Harbor" section of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any forward-looking statements should
be considered in light of the factors described below in Item 7 under "Factors
That May Affect Future Results." Actual results may vary materially from those
projected, anticipated or indicated in any forward-looking statements. In this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words "anticipates," "believes," "expects,"
"intends," "future," "could," and similar words or expressions (as well as other
words or expressions referencing future events, conditions or circumstances)
identify forward-looking statements.
 
     As used herein, the terms "Company" and "Hadco," unless otherwise indicated
or the context otherwise requires, refer to Hadco Corporation and its
subsidiaries, including Hadco Santa Clara, Inc. ("Hadco Santa Clara") (formerly
Zycon Corporation ("Zycon")). However, all financial information for fiscal
periods ended prior to January 10, 1997 (the date of Hadco's acquisition of
Zycon), unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, is for
Hadco Corporation alone and does not include Zycon.
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Hadco is a leading manufacturer of advanced electronic interconnect
products in North America. The Company offers a wide array of sophisticated
manufacturing, engineering and systems integration services to meet its
customers' electronic interconnect needs. The Company's principal products are
complex multilayer rigid printed circuits and backplane assemblies. Hadco's
largest customers during fiscal 1997 included leading companies in the
electronics industry, such as Cabletron Systems, Compaq Computer, Lucent
Technologies, Solectron and Sun Microsystems.
 
     Hadco acquired Zycon on January 10, 1997. This acquisition increased
Hadco's net sales significantly, added approximately 600,000 square feet of
manufacturing space (approximately a 100% increase) and substantially expanded
the Company's manufacturing capabilities and geographic reach. The new
manufacturing capabilities include state-of-the-art West Coast facilities for
volume production of complex printed circuits and backplane assemblies, a
quick-turn prototype and design facility on the East Coast, and a newly
constructed facility for volume production in Malaysia. The acquisition of Zycon
has also broadened the Company's customer base, expanded its involvement in
various industry sectors, added new proprietary technologies, and increased its
sales force.
 
     The Company was incorporated in Massachusetts in 1966. The Company's
principal executive offices are located at 12A Manor Parkway, Salem, New
Hampshire 03079, and its telephone number is (603) 898-8000.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     Printed circuits are the basic platforms used to interconnect
microprocessors, integrated circuits and other components essential to the
functioning of electronic products. Printed circuits consist of a pattern of
electrical traces etched from copper laminated on an insulated base that is
typically composed of rigid fiberglass or thin flexible circuits. To meet the
increasing requirements of Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) and contract
manufacturers, printed circuit manufacturers have developed more complex
multilayer designs with surface mount and other attachment technologies,
narrower widths and separations of copper traces, advanced materials, and
smaller diameters of vias and through-holes to connect internal circuitry.
Backplane assemblies are generally larger and thicker printed circuits on which
connectors are mounted to receive and interconnect printed circuits, integrated
circuits and other electronic components.
 
     Electronic interconnect products are customized for specific electronic
applications and are sold to OEMs and contract manufacturers in volumes that
range from several units for prototypes and small quantities for pre-production
to large quantities for volume production. In the 1980s, the electronic
interconnect market was
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
largely comprised of military and personal computer applications. However, the
proliferation of electronics and the emergence of new technologies have
significantly broadened this market and reduced the amplitude of interconnect
industry cycles in the 1990s. Electronic interconnects such as rigid printed
circuits, flexible circuits and backplane assemblies are now used in a wide
variety of industries and products, including data
communications/telecommunications, workstations, servers, personal computers,
peripherals, industrial automation, instrumentation, medical, transportation and
defense.
 
     As electronic products have become smaller and more complex, the
manufacture of interconnect products has required increasingly sophisticated
engineering and manufacturing expertise and substantial capital investment.
These advanced manufacturing process and technology requirements have caused
OEMs to rely more heavily on independent manufacturers and to reduce dependence
on their internal captive facilities. Industry sources estimate that 93% of the
domestic printed circuit market was served by independent manufacturers in 1997
(compared to 66% in 1991). Captive manufacturing facilities serve the remaining
7% of the market. Historically, electronics OEMs used independent printed
circuit manufacturers as offload capacity for their captive facilities. During
economic downturns, independent facilities lost production orders as captives
produced a greater percentage of demand internally. However, as a result of
outsourcing of OEM printed circuit production, the Company believes independents
are less affected by unused captive capacity during market downturns than was
previously the case.
 
     Industry sources estimate that in 1997 the world-wide market for rigid
printed circuits was approximately $29.5 billion, and the domestic market for
rigid printed circuits was approximately $7.7 billion. In addition, industry
sources estimate that the market for more complex multilayer printed circuits
(eight layers and above) comprised approximately 40% of the total market in
1997, and has increased an average of 14% per year over the past two years.
Despite its large size, the market for printed circuits remains highly
fragmented. The Company believes that nine North American rigid printed circuit
manufacturers had annual sales in excess of $100 million in 1997, which together
would represent approximately 41% of the rigid printed circuit market.
 
     According to industry sources, the domestic market for backplane assemblies
was approximately $1.2 billion in 1997. This market is less fragmented than that
of printed circuits. The Company estimates that the ten largest producers of
backplane assemblies accounted for a majority of the backplane assembly
production in 1996. As in the printed circuit market, OEMs have increasingly
come to rely on independent producers of backplane assemblies, allowing OEMs to
reduce their capital investments, improve inventory management and purchasing
power and take advantage of the process technology expertise of manufacturing
specialists.
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
     The Company's products and services are designed to meet its customers'
interconnect needs for complex multilayer printed circuits and backplane
assemblies. In fiscal 1997, Hadco offered complementary processes and
capabilities that spanned the period from product conception through delivery of
volume products. The Company's offering includes the following:
 
     Development.  Through development groups located at various facilities,
Hadco identifies, develops and markets new technologies that benefit its
customers. These development groups work closely with customers during all
stages of product life-cycles. For instance, process design changes and
refinements required for volume production are identified and implemented prior
to production. The development groups also focus on the special requirements of
the Company's customers, including increasing printed circuit densities,
electronic packaging and advanced materials and products. When appropriate, the
development groups have coordinated the acquisition of technology licenses,
filed patent disclosures and applications, and registered trademarks on behalf
of the Company.
 
     Design.  The Company provides design and engineering assistance in the
early stages of product development which assures both mechanical and electrical
considerations are integrated to achieve a high quality and cost effective
product. The Company also evaluates customer designs for manufacturability and,
when appropriate, recommends design changes to reduce manufacturing costs or
lead times or to increase manufacturing yields or the quality of finished
printed circuits. The Company believes that this long-term view of manufacturing
and customer relationships distinguishes the Company from many manufacturers
which
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
compete primarily in the quick-turn market. By working closely with its
customers, the Company also gains a better understanding of the future
requirements of OEMs. This cooperative process shortens the time in transition
from the development of the prototype design to volume manufacturing and
facilitates the delivery of high quality products to customer premises in a
timely fashion.
 
     Quick-Turn Prototype.  Prototypes typically require lead times of three to
seven days, and as short as 24 hours. The Company provides quick-turn prototype
services to the product development groups of customers that require small test
quantities. Hadco offers these services through its Tech Centers in
Massachusetts, New Hampshire and California. Prototype development at these
Centers has included multilayer printed circuits of up to 38 layers, embedded
discrete components, Multichip Modules (MCM), Single Chip Carriers (SCC), planar
magnetics, advanced surface finishes, and various high performance substrates
for the high frequency microwave market. The Tech Centers also support advanced
attachment technologies such as Tape Automated Bonding (TAB), Direct Chip Attach
(DCA) and High Density Interposers (HDI). In combining the design of a printed
circuit with the manufacture of the prototype, Hadco can reduce the length of
the design/manufacture cycle. By working closely with customers at the design
and prototype stage, the Company believes it strengthens long-term relationships
with its customers and gains an advantage in securing a preferred vendor status
when customers begin volume production.
 
     Pre-Production.  Pre-production is the manufacture of limited quantities of
electronic interconnects during the transition period from prototype to volume
production. Pre-production generally requires quick-turn delivery to accommodate
time-to-volume pressures or as a temporary solution for unforeseen customer
demands. Pre-production is done in the Tech Centers and in volume production
facilities.
 
     Volume Production.  Volume production is characterized by longer lead times
and increased emphasis on lower cost as the product moves to full-scale
commercial production. As customers increasingly demand a quick transition from
prototype to volume production, few independent manufacturers can provide
complex printed circuits of 18 or more layers in the volume provided by Hadco's
larger facilities. During 1996, the Tech Centers transitioned chip attachment
technologies such as Ball Grid Array (BGA), Tape Automated Bonding (TAB), Direct
Chip Attach (DCA), High Density Interposers (HDI), and other technologies
including Multichip Module (MCM) and Single Chip Carriers (SCC) to volume
production. The Company operates five facilities located in California, New
York, New Hampshire and Malaysia for medium and high-volume printed circuit
production.
 
     Backplane Assembly.  Backplane assemblies are generally larger and thicker
printed circuits on which connectors are mounted to interconnect printed
circuits, integrated circuits and other electronic components. Hadco
incorporates its own printed circuits in backplane assemblies to provide
customers with a high level of printed circuit technology on a quick-turn and
volume basis. Net sales of backplane assemblies accounted for 7%, 17% and 11% of
total Company net sales during fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and for
10% on a pro forma basis including Zycon during fiscal 1996. With its backplane
assembly operations, Hadco is one of a few companies that provides its customers
with the strategic advantage of an integrated offering to meet their needs from
development and design through volume production and backplane assembly.
 
     The Company's advanced process capabilities enhance each of the above
services and include:
 
     Manufacture of High Performance Printed Circuits.  The Company produces
technologically advanced printed circuits primarily for the high performance
market at the Tech Centers and its volume production facilities. These printed
circuits, used principally in the data communications and telecommunications
industries, are designed to function in high temperature environments and at
higher frequencies. Materials used by the Company for these products include
Teflon(R), cyanate ester, GETEK(R), liquid crystal polymers, polymides, and
bismaleimide triazine epoxies.
 
     Development of Emerging Technologies.  The Company undertakes projects to
develop advanced or improved processes, materials and product lines. Buried
Capacitance(TM) and buried resistance are advanced materials being developed by
the Company to provide improved electrical performance and greater interconnect
densities. Sales of Buried Capacitance(TM)products by the Company in fiscal 1997
totaled $31.7 million, and the Company believes that buried resistance materials
(ResistAIR(TM)) may generate additional future
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
revenue. In addition, the Company is developing the MicroPath(TM) family of
micro via processes, which include liquid imaging, dry film imaging, plasma
etching, and laser drilling. Micro vias provide a significant increase in
printed circuit density. During fiscal 1996, the Company also began to produce
rigid flex printed circuit products utilizing licensed HVRFlex(TM) technology.
These products enable customers to fold a printed circuit and reduce the need
for cable connectors in the portable computer and telecommunications markets.
See "Item 2. Manufacturing and Facilities."
 
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
 
     Hadco's customers are a diverse group of OEMs and contract manufacturers in
the computing (mainly workstations, servers, mainframes, storage and notebooks),
data communications/telecommunications and industrial automation industries,
including process controls, automotive, medical and instrumentation. The
following table shows, for the periods indicated, the Company's net sales and
percentage of its net sales to the principal end-user markets it serves. The
information reflected in the table does not include Zycon, except that the
information in the column "October 25, 1997" includes the combined operations of
Zycon and the Company since January 10, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED,
                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                               OCTOBER 28,        OCTOBER 26,        OCTOBER 25,
                  MARKETS                          1995               1996               1997
- --------------------------------------------  --------------     --------------     --------------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>
Computing...................................  $ 84.9      32%    $119.2      34%    $205.0      32%
Contract Assembly...........................    69.0      26      112.2      32      289.2      44
Data Communications/Telecommunications......    90.2      34       94.7      27      119.1      18
Industrial Automation.......................    15.9       6       17.5       5       24.8       4
Other.......................................     5.2       2        7.1       2       10.5       2
                                              ------     ---     ------     ---     ------     ---
Total Net Sales.............................  $265.2     100%    $350.7     100%    $648.6     100%
                                              ======     ===     ======     ===     ======     ===
</TABLE>
 
     The Company supplied its products and services to a diverse base of
approximately 560 customers in fiscal 1997, including 77 customers with
purchases in excess of $1 million. The Company attempts to market its products
to customers who currently have, or have the potential to achieve, significant
market share in their respective industries. The following list sets forth the
Company's largest customers during fiscal 1997:
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                               <C>
            Cabletron Systems                                 Northern Telecom
            Celestica                                         RSP Manufacturing
            Compaq Computer                                   SCI Systems
            Jabil Circuits                                    Solectron
            Lucent Technologies                               Sun Microsystems
</TABLE>
 
     During fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, no customer accounted for more than 7%,
15% and 15%, respectively, of Hadco's net sales, and the Company's ten largest
customers together accounted for approximately 46%, 48% and 47%, respectively,
during the same periods, and 43% in fiscal 1996 on a pro forma basis including
Zycon. In fiscal 1997, one customer, Solectron, accounted for approximately 15%
of the net sales of the Company.
 
     The Company generally does not obtain long-term purchase orders or
commitments from its customers, and the orders received by the Company generally
require delivery within 90 days. However, many of the Company's customers have
maintained long-term purchasing relationships with the Company.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company markets its products through its own sales and marketing
organization and independent manufacturers' representatives. As of October 25,
1997, the Company employed 102 sales and marketing employees, of which 51 are
direct sales representatives at nine locations. The Company is also represented
by 13 independent manufacturers' representatives at 24 locations in North
America, Europe, Mexico, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Regional direct
sales offices are located in the states of Arizona, California,
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
Colorado, Georgia, Minnesota, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Oregon,
Pennsylvania, Texas and the Province of Ontario, Canada. The Company's sales
organization is divided into four territories, and each direct sales
representative and each manufacturer's representative works within one of the
four territories. Each territory also has a support staff of sales engineers and
technical service personnel responsible for technical liaison and problem
solving, development of product and market opportunities, market research and
marketing communications.
 
     The Company focuses on developing close relationships with customers
beginning at the earliest development and design phases and continuing
throughout all stages of product production. The Company's Advanced Packaging
Development Group identifies, develops and markets new technologies that benefit
its customers and is intended to position the Company as an important source for
these solutions. This group also assists marketing efforts by hosting the
Regional Technology Symposiums at which the Company's technical capabilities are
presented to, and industry technical trends are discussed with, customers of the
Company. These Symposiums attract engineers and designers from electronics OEMs
and facilitate an interactive discussion of the latest technologies in the
manufacture of complex printed circuits.
 
SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIPS
 
     Historically, the majority of raw materials used in the Company's
manufacture of printed circuits and components used in backplane assemblies have
been readily available. However, product changes and the overall demand for
electronic interconnect products could increase the industry's use of new
laminate materials, standard laminate materials, multilayer blanks, electronic
components and other materials, and therefore such materials may not be readily
available to the Company in the future. Zycon has experienced shortages of
certain types of raw materials in the past. There can be no assurance that
shortages of certain types of raw materials or components will not occur in the
future. To date, material shortages or price fluctuations have not had a
materially adverse effect on the Company, but there can be no assurance that
material shortages or price fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company in the future.
 
     The Company works with its suppliers to develop just-in-time supply systems
which reduce inventory carrying costs. The Company also maintains a Supplier
Certification Program which evaluates potential vendors on the basis of such
factors as quality, on-time delivery, cost, technical capability, and potential
technical advancement. Certification is based on both actual performance and
audits of vendors' manufacturing sites. Key suppliers are reviewed quarterly to
preserve strong relationships with these suppliers and maintain regular dialogue
on quality, cost and technical advancement issues. Many suppliers attend the
Company's Supplier Symposium, where the Company's goals and objectives are
discussed with vendors.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The electronic interconnect industry is highly fragmented and characterized
by intense competition. The Company believes that its major competitors are the
large U.S. and international independent and captive producers that also
manufacture multilayer printed circuits and provide backplane and other
electronic assemblies. Some of these competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources, greater name recognition and a
larger installed customer base than the Company. In addition, these competitors
may have the ability to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies,
may adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements and may devote
greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than
the Company.
 
     During periods of recession or economic slowdown in the electronics
industry and other periods when excess capacity exists, electronics OEMs become
more price sensitive, which could have a material adverse effect on interconnect
pricing. In addition, the Company believes that price competition from printed
circuit manufacturers in Asia and other locations with lower production costs
may play an increasing role in the printed circuit markets in which the Company
competes. The Company's basic interconnect technology is generally not subject
to significant proprietary protection, and companies with significant resources
or international operations may enter the market. Increased competition could
result in price reductions, reduced
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
margins or loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     The demand for printed circuits has continued to be affected by the
development of smaller, more powerful electronic components requiring less
printed circuit area. Expansion of the Company's existing products or services
could expose the Company to new competition. Moreover, new developments in the
electronics industry could render existing technology obsolete or less
competitive and could potentially introduce new competition into the industry.
There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to compete successfully
against present and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by
the Company will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
     Hadco competes on the basis of product quality, timeliness of delivery,
price, customer technical support and its integrated offering, from development
and design through volume production and backplane assembly.
 
PRODUCT PROTECTION
 
     The Company has obtained ten United States and two foreign patents.
Although Hadco seeks to protect certain proprietary technology and other
intangible assets through patents and trademark filings, it has relatively few
patents and relies primarily on trade secret protection. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to protect its trade secrets or that
others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary
information and techniques or otherwise gain access to the Company's trade
secrets. The future success of the Company will depend on the continued
development of processes and capabilities. The Company believes that its
accumulated experience with respect to materials and process technology is also
important to its operations.
 
RELEASED BACKLOG
 
     The Company's released backlog as of October 25, 1997 was $122.3 million,
compared with $77.7 million as of October 26, 1996. The Company anticipates
delivering approximately 92% of its released backlog during its first quarter of
fiscal 1998. Released backlog consists of orders for which artwork has been
received, a delivery date has been scheduled and the Company anticipates it will
manufacture and deliver the order. Cancellation and postponement charges, to the
extent they exist with respect to released backlog, generally vary depending
upon the time of cancellation or postponement, and a significant portion of the
Company's released backlog at any time may be subject to cancellation or
postponement without penalty. Variations in the size, timing and delivery
schedules of purchase orders received by the Company, as well as changes in
customers' delivery requirements, may result in substantial fluctuations in
released backlog from period to period. Accordingly, the Company believes that
released backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future quarterly or annual
financial results.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of October 25, 1997, the Company had 6,142 employees, compared to 3,005
employees as of October 26, 1996. The employees are not represented by a union,
and the Company has never experienced any labor problems resulting in a work
stoppage.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company is required to comply with all federal, state, county and
municipal regulations regarding protection of the environment. There can be no
assurance that more stringent environmental laws will not be adopted in the
future and, if adopted, the costs of compliance with more stringent
environmental laws could be substantial. Waste treatment and disposal are major
considerations for printed circuit manufacturers. The Company uses chemicals in
the manufacture of its products that are classified by the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) as hazardous substances. The Company is aware of certain
chemicals that exist in the ground at certain of its facilities. The Company has
notified various governmental agencies and continues to work with them to
monitor and resolve these matters. During March 1995, the Company received a
Record
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
Of Decision (ROD) from the New York State Department of Environmental
Conservation (NYSDEC), regarding soil and groundwater contamination at its
Owego, New York facility. Based on a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility
Study (RIFS) for apparent on-site contamination at that facility and a Focused
Feasibility Study (FFS), each prepared by environmental consultants of the
Company, the NYSDEC has approved a remediation program of groundwater withdrawal
and treatment and iterative soil flushing. The Company recently executed a
Modification of the Order on Consent to implement the approved ROD. The cost,
based upon the FFS, to implement this remediation is estimated to be $4.6
million, and is expected to be expended as follows: $260,000 for capital
equipment and $4.3 million for operation and maintenance costs which will be
incurred and expended over the estimated life of the program of 30 years. NYSDEC
has requested that the Company consider taking additional samples from a wetland
area near the Company's Owego facility. Analytical reports of earlier sediment
samples indicated the presence of certain inorganics. There can be no assurance
that the Company and/or other third parties will not be required to conduct
additional investigations and remediation at that location, the costs of which
are currently indeterminable due to the numerous variables described in the
fifth paragraph of this "-- Environmental Matters" section.
 
     From 1974 to 1980, the Company operated a printed circuit manufacturing
facility in Florida as a lessee of property that is now the subject of a pending
lawsuit ("the Florida Lawsuit") and investigation by the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection (FDEP). On June 9, 1992, the Company entered into a
Cooperating Parties Agreement in which it and Gould, Inc., another prior lessee
of the site have agreed to fund certain assessment and feasibility study
activities at the site, and an environmental consultant has been retained to
perform such activities. The cost of such activities is not expected to be
material to the Company. In addition to the Cooperating Parties Agreement, Hadco
and others are participating in alternative dispute resolution regarding the
site with an independent mediator. In connection with the mediation, in February
1992 the FDEP presented computer-generated estimates of remedial costs, for
activities expected to be spread over a number of years, that ranged from
approximately $3.3 million to $9.7 million. Mediation sessions were conducted in
March 1992 but have been suspended during the ongoing assessment and feasibility
activities. Management believes it is likely that it will participate in
implementing a continuing remedial program for the site, the costs of which are
currently unknown. In June 1995, Hadco was named a third-party defendant in the
Florida Lawsuit. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."
 
     The Company has commenced the operation of a groundwater extraction system
at its Derry, New Hampshire facility to address certain groundwater
contamination and groundwater migration control issues. Further investigation is
underway to determine the areal extent of the groundwater contaminant plume.
Because of the uncertainty regarding both the quantity of contaminants beneath
the building at the site and the long-term effectiveness of the groundwater
migration control system the Company has installed, it is not possible to make a
reliable estimate of the length of time remedial activity will have to be
performed. However, it is anticipated that the groundwater extraction system
will be operated for at least 30 years. There can be no assurance that the
Company will not be required to conduct additional investigations and
remediation relating to the Derry facility. The total costs of such groundwater
extraction system and of conducting any additional investigations and
remediation relating to the Derry facility are not fully determinable due to the
numerous variables described in the fifth paragraph of this "-- Environmental
Matters" section.
 
     The City of Santa Clara has adopted an ordinance that, as of April 1, 1997,
significantly reduces the amount of waste, including copper and nickel, that
companies such as the Company may discharge into the city sanitary sewer. The
new ordinance provides for substantial penalties for intentional or negligent
violations. These penalties include fines ranging from $10,000 to $50,000 per
day, revocation of required business permits, the issuance of a cease and desist
order and, under certain circumstances, up to nine months imprisonment. Under
the new ordinance, the Company is subject to stringent requirements on the
amount of water it can discharge and is required to substantially reduce the
concentrations of certain chemicals, including copper and nickel, which it
currently discharges. Under the new ordinance, the concentration limit for
Hadco's copper discharge is reduced from 2.70 milligrams per liter to 1.02
milligrams per liter, and the concentration limit for Hadco's nickel discharge
is reduced from 2.60 milligrams per liter to 0.02 milligrams per liter. The
Company believes it is currently in compliance with the new copper discharge
limit which became effective April 1,
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
1997. On March 31, 1997, the San Jose/Santa Clara Water Pollution Control Plant
(the "SJ/SC POTW") issued a new compliance schedule for the Company with respect
to the nickel discharge limit, in part to allow the Company to complete a new
Mass Audit Study for nickel. The Company filed the updated Mass Audit Study with
the SJ/SC POTW in May 1997, and has not yet received notice of a new nickel
discharge limit. Management believes the Company will be in compliance with
applicable discharge limits through the implementation of additional changes in
technology and raw materials and/or as a result of the SJ/SC POTW's
reconsideration and upward revision of the Company's nickel discharge limit.
However, there can be no assurances that the Company will be able to comply or
that the costs of complying will not exceed the Company's current estimate. The
Company estimates that the total equipment cost of complying with the new
ordinance will be between $150,000 and $200,000. In addition, the Company
anticipates an annual cost of approximately $120,000 to treat wastewater and to
dispose of sludge off-site.
 
     The Company accrues estimated costs associated with known environmental
matters, when such costs can be reasonably estimated. The cost estimates
relating to future environmental clean-up are subject to numerous variables, the
effects of which can be difficult to measure, including the stage of the
environmental investigations, the nature of potential remedies, possible joint
and several liability, the magnitude of possible contamination, the difficulty
of determining future liability, the time over which remediation might occur,
and the possible effects of changing laws and regulations.
 
     Management believes the ultimate disposition of above known environmental
matters described in this "-- Environmental Matters" section will not have a
material adverse effect upon the liquidity, capital resources, business or
consolidated financial position of the Company. However, one or more of such
environmental matters could have a significant negative impact on the Company's
consolidated financial results for a particular reporting period. See "Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Note 9 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
     The Company plans additional capital expenditures during fiscal 1998 to
further reduce air emissions and reduce waste generation. See discussion under
"Item 2. Manufacturing and Facilities" concerning the Company's capital
expenditures relating to environmental control facilities and equipment, and
under "Item 3. Legal Proceedings" relating to lawsuits regarding environmental
matters.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The executive officers of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                      AGE                         POSITION
- -------------------------------------------  ---     ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>     <C>
Horace H. Irvine II........................  60      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew E. Lietz............................  59      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Timothy P. Losik...........................  38      Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                                     and Treasurer
John D. Caruso, Jr.........................  49      Senior Vice President
Christopher T. Mastrogiacomo...............  39      Senior Vice President
Richard P. Saporito........................  43      Senior Vice President
Michael K. Sheehy..........................  50      Senior Vice President
Robert E. Snyder...........................  57      Senior Vice President
James C. Hamilton..........................  60      Clerk
</TABLE>
 
     Mr. Horace H. Irvine II is a founder of the Company and has been its
Chairman of the Board since the Company was incorporated in 1966 and its Chief
Executive Officer from 1966 until 1986. He was President of the Company from
1966 until 1980 and Treasurer of the Company from 1966 until 1984. He is
Chairman of the Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
     Mr. Lietz joined the Company in 1984 and has been President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since October 1995. From July 1991 to October
1995 Mr. Lietz was the Chief Operating Officer and a Vice President of the
Company. He has been a director of the Company since February 1993.
 
     Mr. Losik joined the Company in 1986 and has been the Chief Financial
Officer, Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since March 1994, and a
Senior Vice President since September 1997. He was the Controller of the Company
from June 1992 to March 1994 and a Corporate Accounting Manager from March 1988
to June 1992.
 
     Mr. Caruso joined the Company in September 1997 as the Senior Vice
President in charge of Eastern Operations. Prior to joining Hadco, Mr. Caruso
was the Managing Director of Worldwide Manufacturing at Cabletron Systems, a
data communications company, from 1990 to September 1997.
 
     Mr. Mastrogiacomo joined the Company in March 1988 and has been the Senior
Vice President in charge of the Santa Clara volume operations as well as all
North American value added manufacturing operations (backplane assembly) since
September 1997. He was a Vice President from January 1997 to September 1997, and
the Business Unit Manager in charge of the Derry volume printed circuit business
unit from January 1994 to January 1997. From March 1988 to January 1994, Mr.
Mastrogiacomo was Manufacturing Manager at the Company's Owego, New York
facility.
 
     Mr. Saporito joined the Company in 1987 and has been a Vice President of
the Company since December 1991 and a Senior Vice President since September
1997. He was the Director of Human Resources of the Company from 1989 to 1991.
 
     Mr. Sheehy joined the Company in 1994 and has been the Senior Vice
President of worldwide sales and marketing since September 1997. He was the Vice
President in charge of the value added manufacturing business unit (backplane
assembly) from March 1995 to September 1997. Prior to joining Hadco, Mr. Sheehy
was the Vice President of Logistic Operations and then Operations at Kendall
Square Research Corp. from January 1991 to November 1994.
 
     Mr. Snyder joined the Company in January 1997 and has been a Senior Vice
President since September 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Snyder was the
Managing Director of Asian Operations of Zycon Corporation from January 1996 to
January 1997. He was Vice President of materials and production control of Zycon
Corporation from February 1990 to January 1996.
 
     Mr. Hamilton has been the Clerk of the Company since 1966. He is a partner
in the law firm of Berlin, Hamilton & Dahmen, LLP, general counsel to the
Company.
 
ITEM 2.  MANUFACTURING AND FACILITIES
 
     The need for high volume production of dense multilayer printed circuits
has transformed the electronic interconnect industry into one that increasingly
requires complex manufacturing processes and necessitates high levels of
investment in facilities, advanced materials, production processes and product
design capabilities. The Company has invested in production technology to
manufacture large volumes of dense multilayer printed circuits utilizing
advanced attachment strategies such as Surface Mount Technology (SMT), Tape
Automated Bonding (TAB), High Density Interposers (HDI) and Ball Grid Array
(BGA). The Company employs numerous advanced manufacturing techniques and
systems, including Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM) systems, Computer
Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) systems, computer controlled drilling and
routing, dry-film imaging, multi-purpose metals plating, high volume surface
coating, dual-access electrical testing, automated optical inspection,
high-volume photoimageable solder mask processing, and computer controlled
high-volume lamination systems. These techniques enable Hadco to manufacture
complex printed circuits of consistent quality, in high volume and on a timely
basis. All of the Company's North American production facilities are ISO9002
certified. See "Item 1. Business -- Products and Services."
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
     Hadco is able to provide a broad and integrated offering through a focused
manufacturing strategy for each facility. The Company manufactures its products
in ten facilities, consisting of five volume production facilities (in
California, New Hampshire, New York and Malaysia), two backplane assembly
facilities (in California and New Hampshire) and three quick-turn prototype
facilities (in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and California). The production
expertise of some facilities overlap, enabling Hadco to allocate production
based on product type and available capacity.
 
     Hadco has pursued a strategy of expanding the capacity and geographic scope
of its manufacturing facilities to better serve high growth segments of the
electronics industry in key geographic markets. With the acquisition of Zycon in
January 1997, the Company added a 310,000 square foot volume production facility
in California, a 180,000 square foot volume production facility in Malaysia, a
71,000 square foot quick-turn prototype facility in Massachusetts, and a 29,000
square foot backplane assembly facility in California.
 
     In total, the Company leases or owns approximately 1.3 million square feet
of manufacturing space. The Company's significant facilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FUNCTION                          LOCATION         SQUARE FEET
        ----------------------------------------------  ------------------    -----------
        <S>                                             <C>                   <C>
        Volume Production.............................  Santa Clara and
                                                        San Jose, CA            310,000
                                                        Owego, NY               292,000
                                                        Derry, NH               200,000
                                                        Kuching, Malaysia       180,000
                                                        Hudson, NH               54,000
        Quick-Turn Prototype..........................  Haverhill, MA            71,000
                                                        Watsonville, CA          35,000
                                                        Salem, NH                27,000
        Backplane Assembly............................  Salem, NH                60,000
                                                        Santa Clara, CA          29,000
        Administrative................................  Santa Clara, CA          29,000
                                                        Salem, NH                35,000*
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* under renovation
 
     The Company owns its volume production facilities in Owego, New York and
Derry, New Hampshire. The Company leases its volume production and backplane
assembly facilities in Santa Clara and San Jose, California, which are located
in four adjacent buildings; the leases for these four buildings expire in March
2009 and contain options to extend for up to two additional periods of five
years each. The Company completed construction in calendar 1996 of its volume
production facility in Kuching, Malaysia and leases the land on which this
facility is located for a period of 60 years, expiring in November 2055. The
Hudson, New Hampshire operations are located in two separate buildings, and
their leases expire in December 1997 with options to extend until December 2000.
 
     Leases for the Company's quick-turn prototype facility in Haverhill,
Massachusetts expire in December 2003, with options on two of the leases to
extend for an additional five years and options on the third lease to extend for
an additional ten years. The lease for the Watsonville, California quick-turn
prototype facility expires in December 1999, with options to extend until
December 2011. The lease for the quick-turn prototype facility in Salem, New
Hampshire expires in May 1999, with an option to extend until May 2004.
 
     The lease for the backplane assembly facility in Salem, New Hampshire
expires in March 2000, with options to extend until March 2006. The leases for
the Santa Clara, California buildings include the 29,000 square feet of
backplane assembly operations.
 
     The administrative and corporate offices in Salem, New Hampshire are
located in three separate buildings, two of which are covered by leases that
expire in October 2000, with options to extend until October 2006, and the third
of which is a sublease expiring in July 2003, with options to extend until July
2009. The leases for the Santa Clara, California buildings include the 29,000
square feet of administrative space.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
     The Company also owns approximately six acres of land in Salem, New
Hampshire, approximately five acres of land in Derry, New Hampshire, and
approximately 29 acres of land in Owego, New York.
 
     In fiscal 1997, the Company's capital expenditures relating to its
environmental control facilities and equipment totaled approximately $841,000.
The Company estimates that it will make capital expenditures with respect to its
environmental control facilities and equipment of approximately $4.0 million and
$1.9 million in fiscal 1998 and 1999, respectively.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is one of 33 entities which have been named as potentially
responsible parties in a lawsuit pending in the federal district court of New
Hampshire concerning environmental conditions at the Auburn Road, Londonderry,
New Hampshire landfill site. Local, state and federal entities and certain other
parties to the litigation seek contribution for past costs, totaling
approximately $20 million, allegedly incurred to assess and remediate the Auburn
Road site. In December 1996, following publication and comment period, the EPA
amended the ROD to change the remedy at the Auburn Road site from active
groundwater remediation to future monitoring. Other parties to the lawsuit also
allege that future monitoring will be required. The Company is contesting
liability, but is participating in mediation with 27 other parties in an effort
to resolve the lawsuit.
 
     In connection with the "Florida Lawsuit" (as described in the second
paragraph under "Item 1. Business -- Environmental Matters") pending in the
Circuit Court for Broward County, Florida, Hadco and Gould, Inc., another prior
lessee of the site of the printed circuit manufacturing facility in Florida,
were each served with a third-party complaint in June 1995, as third-party
defendants in such pending Florida Lawsuit by a party who had previously been
named as a defendant when the Florida Lawsuit was commenced in 1993 by the FDEP.
The Florida Lawsuit seeks damages relating to environmental pollution and FDEP
costs and expenses, civil penalties, and declaratory and injunctive relief to
require the parties to complete assessment and remediation of soil and
groundwater contamination. The other parties include alleged owners of the
property and Fleet Credit Corporation, a secured lender to a prior lessee of the
property. See "Item 1. Business -- Environmental Matters."
 
     In March 1993, the EPA notified Hadco Santa Clara (formerly Zycon) of its
potential liability for maintenance and remediation costs in connection with a
hazardous waste disposal facility operated by Casmalia Resources, a California
Limited Partnership, in Santa Barbara County, California. The EPA identified
Hadco Santa Clara as one of the 65 generators which had disposed the greatest
amounts of materials at the site. Based on the total tonnage contributed by all
generators, Hadco Santa Clara's share is estimated at approximately 0.2% of the
total weight.
 
     The Casmalia site was regulated by the EPA during the period when the
material was accepted. There is no allegation that Hadco Santa Clara violated
any law in the disposal of material at the site, rather the EPA's actions
stemmed from the fact that Casmalia Resources may not have the financial means
to implement a closure plan for the site and because of Hadco Santa Clara's
status as a generator of hazardous waste.
 
     In June 1997, the United States District Court in Los Angeles, California
approved and entered a Consent Decree among the EPA and 49 entities (including
Hadco Santa Clara) acting through the Casmalia Steering Committee (CSC). The
Consent Decree sets forth the terms and conditions under which the CSC will
carry out work aimed at final closure of the site. Certain closure activities
will be performed by the CSC. Later work will be performed by the CSC, if funded
by other parties. Under the Consent Decree, the settling parties will work with
the EPA to pursue the non-settling parties to ensure they participate in
contributing to the closure and long-term operation and maintenance of the
facility.
 
     The EPA will continue as the lead regulatory agency during the final
closure work. Because long-term maintenance plans for the site will not be
determined for a number of years, it has not yet been decided which regulatory
agency will oversee this phase of the work plan or how the long-term costs will
be funded. However, the Consent Decree provides a mechanism for ensuring that an
appropriate federal, state or local agency will assume regulatory responsibility
for long-term maintenance.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
     The future costs in connection with the lawsuits described in the preceding
paragraphs are currently indeterminable due to such factors as the unknown
timing and extent of any future remedial actions which may be required, the
extent of any liability of the Company and of other potentially responsible
parties, and the financial resources of the other potentially responsible
parties.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
     No matters were submitted to a vote to the Company's security holders
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended October 25, 1997.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
 
     The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "HDCO." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
the range of high and low sale prices for the Company's Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       HIGH       LOW
                                                                       ----       ----
        <S>                                                            <C>        <C>
        Fiscal 1996
          First Quarter..............................................  34 15/16   21 1/4
          Second Quarter.............................................  35 3/4     23 3/4
          Third Quarter..............................................  30 3/4     18 1/4
          Fourth Quarter.............................................  34 1/8     18 1/2
        Fiscal 1997
          First Quarter..............................................  59 1/8     27 3/8
          Second Quarter.............................................  57 1/8     33 1/8
          Third Quarter..............................................  75 5/8     41
          Fourth Quarter.............................................  73         47 1/2
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has never declared or paid a cash dividend on its Common Stock,
and it is anticipated that the Company will continue to retain its earnings for
use in its business and not pay cash dividends. Declaration of dividends is
within the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, which will review
such dividend policy from time to time. The Company's amended and restated
senior revolving credit loan facility with BankBoston, N.A. (the "Amended Credit
Facility") currently contains a covenant prohibiting the Company from paying a
cash dividend. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     As of January 9, 1998, there were approximately 311 holders of record of
the Common Stock. On January 9, 1998, the last sale price reported on the Nasdaq
National Market for the Company's Common Stock was $37 31/32 per share.
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for Hadco
and subsidiaries. The selected consolidated financial data for each of the years
ended October 30, 1993, October 29, 1994, October 28, 1995, October 26, 1996 and
October 25, 1997 have been derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements, which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes
thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and "Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                              OCT. 30,   OCT. 29,   OCT. 28,   OCT. 26,   OCT. 25,
                                                1993       1994       1995       1996     1997(1)
                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales...................................  $189,494   $221,570   $265,168   $350,685   $648,705
Gross profit................................    36,645     45,518     67,440     90,455    141,392
Write-off of acquired in-process research
  and development...........................        --         --         --         --     78,000
Income (loss) from operations...............    13,710     16,482     33,906     51,532     (1,194)
Net income (loss)...........................  $  8,227   $  9,943   $ 21,374   $ 32,014   $(36,493)
Net income (loss) per share, primary(2).....  $    .76   $    .93   $   1.98   $   2.89   $  (3.18)
Weighted average shares outstanding(2)......    10,819     10,720     10,806     11,084     11,458

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................  $ 30,593   $ 31,829   $ 41,043   $ 43,561   $ 53,693
Total assets................................   110,782    126,326    162,991    219,501    502,517
Long-term debt and capital lease
  obligations, net of current portion.......     9,382      4,526      2,387      1,515    109,716
Stockholders' investment....................    68,431     77,440    100,774    138,841    239,912
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Net loss for the year ended October 25, 1997 includes a non-recurring
    write-off relating to the acquisition of Zycon for in-process research and
    development. Before deducting the non-recurring write-off, income from
    operations was $76,806,000, net income was $41,507,000 and net income per
    share was $3.48 (based on weighted average shares outstanding of
    approximately 11,942,000).
 
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for
    an explanation of the basis used to calculate net income (loss) per share.
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion contains forward-looking statements which involve
risks and uncertainties. Hadco Corporation makes such forward-looking statements
under the provision of the "Safe Harbor" section of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any forward-looking statements should be
considered in light of the factors described below in this Item 7 under "Factors
That May Affect Future Results." Actual results may vary materially from those
projected, anticipated or indicated in any forward-looking statements. In this
Item 7, the words "anticipates," "believes," "expects," "intends," "future,"
"could," and similar words or expressions (as well as other words or expressions
referencing future events, conditions or circumstances) identify forward-looking
statements.
 
     As used herein, the terms "Company" and "Hadco," unless otherwise indicated
or the context otherwise requires, refer to Hadco Corporation and its
subsidiaries, including Hadco Santa Clara (formerly Zycon). However, all
financial information for periods ended prior to January 10, 1997, unless
otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, is for Hadco Corporation
alone and does not include Zycon.
 
ZYCON ACQUISITION
 
     On January 10, 1997, the Company purchased Zycon. The acquisition added
state-of-the-art facilities for volume production of complex printed circuits
and backplane assemblies in the Silicon Valley area, a quick-turn prototype and
design facility in Massachusetts, and a newly constructed facility for volume
production of printed circuits in Malaysia. Hadco acquired Zycon for $212
million and recorded the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. As
a result, a purchase price premium of $187 million was recorded on the
transaction. Approximately $78 million of the premium was written off as
acquired in-process research and development with no alternative future use as a
non-recurring write-off to net income for the year ended October 25, 1997. The
remaining premium of $109 million was allocated to identifiable intangibles and
goodwill, and will be written off over 12 to 30 years, with an average
amortization period of 17 years. The
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
acquisition was financed from a $250 million senior revolving credit facility,
plus existing cash and short-term investments.
 
     The gross profit margin for Zycon for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996 was 15.7%. The gross profit margin for Hadco for the fiscal years ended
October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997 was 25.8% and 21.8%, respectively. As a
result of the Zycon acquisition, the Company expects that its gross profit
margin will be lower in future quarters than has historically been the case for
Hadco.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth certain Consolidated Statements of
Operations data and other data as a percentage of net sales. The table and the
discussion below should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto, that appear elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                   ---------------------------------
                                                                                              OCT.
                                                                   OCT. 28,     OCT. 26,       25,
                                                                     1995         1996       1997(1)
                                                                   --------     --------     -------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales........................................................    100.0%       100.0%      100.0%
Cost of sales....................................................     74.6         74.2        78.2
                                                                     -----        -----       -----
Gross profit.....................................................     25.4         25.8        21.8
Operating expenses...............................................     12.6         11.1         9.2
Write-off of acquired in-process research and development........       --           --        12.0
Amortization of acquired intangible assets.......................       --           --         0.8
                                                                     -----        -----       -----
Income (loss) from operations....................................     12.8         14.7        (0.2)
Interest income (expense) and other, net.........................       .4           .3        (1.2)
                                                                     -----        -----       -----
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes..................     13.2         15.0        (1.4)
Provision for income taxes.......................................      5.1          5.9         4.2
                                                                     -----        -----       -----
Net income (loss)................................................      8.1%         9.1%       (5.6)%
                                                                     =====        =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Net loss for the year ended October 25, 1997 includes a non-recurring
    write-off relating to the acquisition of Zycon for in-process research and
    development. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 11.8%,
    income before provision for income taxes was 10.7%, and net income was 6.4%,
    all before deducting the non-recurring write-off.
 
  Fiscal Years Ended October 25, 1997 and October 26, 1996
 
     Net sales during 1997 increased 85% over 1996. The increase resulted from
several factors including the acquisition of Zycon, which added $216.1 million
in printed circuit net sales after January 10, 1997, and an increase in both
backplane assembly and non-Zycon printed circuit net sales. Backplane assembly
net sales increased due to higher product volume and shipments. Printed circuit
net sales increased due to higher production volume and shipments and a shift
towards products with more layers and greater densities. In addition, average
pricing for printed circuits decreased 0.6% for 1997 over 1996. Net sales from
backplane assemblies decreased to 16.2% of total net sales excluding Zycon, from
16.9% in 1996.
 
     The gross profit margin decreased to 21.8% in 1997 from 25.8% for 1996. The
decrease resulted from increased investment in new capacity and technologies at
certain facilities and lower overall gross margins from the Zycon operations
(including ongoing start-up expenses associated with the volume production
facility in Malaysia).
 
     Operating expenses, as a percent of net sales, decreased to 9.2% in 1997
from 11.1% in 1996, due to increased net sales and the fixed nature of the
Company's operating expenses. The decrease was partially offset by goodwill and
purchased intangibles amortization of $5,238,000.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
     Income from operations for 1997 was reduced by $78 million due to a
non-recurring write-off relating to acquired in-process research and development
recorded in connection with the Zycon acquisition. The remaining goodwill and
purchased intangibles will be amortized over 12 to 30 years, with an average
amortization period of 17 years, which will reduce income from operations by
approximately $1.6 million per fiscal quarter.
 
     Excluding the non-recurring write-off of $78 million for acquired
in-process research and development, operating margins decreased to 11.8% for
1997 from 14.7% in 1996, primarily as a result of the same factors affecting
gross profit margins and from the goodwill amortization related to the Zycon
acquisition.
 
     Interest income decreased in 1997 as compared to 1996 due to lower daily
average cash balances available for investing. Interest expense increased in
1997 as compared to 1996 due to an increase in outstanding debt as a result of
the Zycon acquisition.
 
     In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company
provides for income taxes on an interim basis, using its effective annual income
tax rate. Although the Company has incurred a loss before income taxes during
1997, the Company has recorded an income tax provision because the write-off of
acquired in-process research and development is not deductible for income tax
purposes. Without taking into consideration the write-off of acquired in-process
research and development, the Company's effective annual income tax rate for
1997 was 40.0%, which is approximately equal to the combined federal and state
statutory rates. The effective rate was increased by amortization of goodwill
and acquired intangibles which is not tax deductible, and this item was offset
by the tax benefit of the Company's foreign sales corporation and various state
investment tax credits. The effective tax rate for 1997 is based on current tax
laws.
 
     The Company includes in operating expenses charges for actual expenditures
and accruals, based on estimates, for environmental matters. To the extent and
in amounts Hadco believes circumstances warrant, it will continue to accrue and
charge to operating expenses cost estimates relating to environmental matters.
The Company believes the ultimate disposition of known environmental matters
will not have a material adverse effect upon the liquidity, capital resources,
business or consolidated financial position of the Company. However, one or more
of such environmental matters could have a significant negative impact on the
Company's consolidated financial results for a particular reporting period. See
"Item 1. Business -- Environmental Matters," "Item 3. Legal Proceedings" and
Note 9 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     The Company believes that excess capacity may exist in the printed circuit
and electronic assembly industries, as well as fluctuating growth rates in the
electronics industry as a whole. Both factors could have a material adverse
effect on future orders and pricing. Despite these beliefs regarding the
electronics industry as a whole, it should be noted that the Company has
historically needed to increase its own manufacturing capacity to maintain and
expand its market position. However, the Company's manufacturing capacity needs
could change at any time or times in the future. The Company also believes that
the potential exists for a shortage of materials in such industries, which could
have a material adverse effect on future unit costs. In response to such
concerns, the Company engages in the normal industry practices of maintaining
primary and secondary vendors and diversifying its customer base. There can be
no assurances, however, that such measures would be sufficient to protect the
Company against any shortages of materials.
 
     The Company is reviewing the areas within its business and operations which
could be adversely affected by Year 2000 issues and evaluating the costs
associated with modifying and testing its systems for the Year 2000. Although
the Company is not yet able to estimate its incremental cost for Year 2000
issues, based on its preliminary review to date, the Company does not believe
Year 2000 issues will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
 
  Fiscal Years Ended October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995
 
     Net sales during 1996 increased 32.3% over 1995. The change was due to a
15.1% increase in the volume of production and shipments and a shift in product
mix to higher layer, higher density products, as compared to 1995. Average
pricing per unit increased 6.1% compared to 1995. Sales of backplane and other
electronic assemblies increased to 17% of the Company's net sales in 1996,
versus 7% for 1995.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
     The gross profit margin increased to 25.8% in 1996 from 25.4% in 1995. The
increase was a direct result of higher volume of shipments, an increase in the
technology level of product mix, and improved pricing. These increases have been
partially offset by increased costs relating to the implementation of new
production lines and materials and the shift in mix to a higher level of
value-added products.
 
     Operating expenses, as a percent of net sales, decreased to 11.1% during
1996 from 12.6% during 1995, due to increased revenue. Operating expenses
increased to $38.9 million in 1996 from $33.5 million in 1995, primarily as a
result of increased variable costs directly attributable to increased net sales.
Included in operating expenses are charges for actual expenditures and accruals,
based on estimates, for environmental matters. During 1996 and 1995, the Company
made, and charged to operating expenses, actual payments of approximately
$680,000 and $1,111,000 respectively, for environmental matters. In 1996 and
1995, the Company also accrued and charged to operating expenses approximately
$1,825,000 and $2,740,000, respectively, as cost estimates relating to known
environmental matters.
 
     In 1996, interest income decreased as a result of lower cash balances
available for investment. Interest expense decreased in 1996 from 1995 due to
decreased average debt balances during the year.
 
     The annual effective tax rate for 1996 and 1995 was 39.0%, which was less
than the then current combined federal and state statutory rates. This
difference was caused primarily by tax advantaged investments and the tax
benefits of a foreign sales corporation.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     In fiscal 1997, the Company's financing requirements were satisfied
principally from cash flows from operations, bank borrowings and the sale of
Common Stock. Cash provided by operating activities was approximately $50.7
million, net bank borrowings were approximately $60.2 million, and the proceeds
from the sale of Common Stock were $131.1 million. These funds were used to meet
increased working capital needs and to acquire Zycon for $212 million, as well
as for capital expenditures of approximately $69.0 million.
 
     At October 25, 1997, the Company had working capital of approximately $53.7
million and a current ratio of 1.48, compared to working capital of
approximately $43.6 million and a current ratio of 1.62 at October 26, 1996.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments at October 25, 1997 were
approximately $13.7 million, a decrease of $28.5 million from approximately
$42.2 million at October 26, 1996.
 
     The Company currently anticipates that its capital expenditures for fiscal
1998 will be in excess of $90 million, of which approximately $17.8 million
represents commitments to purchase manufacturing equipment and leasehold
improvements. The majority of these capital expenditures is expected to be
completed by the end of fiscal 1998. The amount of these anticipated capital
expenditures will frequently change based on future changes in business plans
and conditions of the Company and changes in economic conditions.
 
     In January 1997, the Company obtained a senior revolving credit loan
facility for up to $250 million from BankBoston, N.A. (the "Credit Facility")
(i) primarily to finance the purchase of the shares of Common Stock of Zycon
pursuant to the tender offer commenced by the Company on December 11, 1996, (ii)
to refinance Zycon's existing bank credit agreements, and (iii) for working
capital and other general corporate purposes. At October 25, 1997, $100 million
was outstanding under the Credit Facility. In December 1997, the Company
negotiated a new $400 million senior revolving credit loan facility with
BankBoston, N.A., which amends and restates the Credit Facility (the "Amended
Credit Facility"). Interest on loans outstanding under the Amended Credit
Facility is, at the Company's election, payable at either (1) the higher of the
lender's base rate or a floating rate equal to 1.5% over the prevailing U.S.
federal funds rate, or (2) a Eurodollar Rate, which is a fixed rate equal to an
applicable Eurodollar rate margin plus the prevailing Eurodollar rate for
interest periods of one, two, three or six months. The Amended Credit Facility
matures in January 2002.
 
     The Company believes its existing working capital and borrowing capacity,
coupled with the funds generated from the Company's operations will be
sufficient to fund its anticipated working capital, capital expenditure and debt
payment requirements through fiscal 1998. Because the Company's capital
requirements cannot be predicted with certainty, however, there is no assurance
that the Company will not require
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
additional financing during this period. There is no assurance that any
additional financing will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company or
not disadvantageous to the Company's security holders.
 
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
 
     This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements which
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors, including, without limitation, those set forth in the
following risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In
addition to the other information included, the following risk factors should be
considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business.
 
  Dependence on Electronics Industry
 
     The Company's principal customers are electronics OEMs and contract
manufacturers in the computing (mainly workstations, servers, mainframes,
storage and notebooks), data communications/telecommunications and industrial
automation industries, including process controls, automotive, medical and
instrumentation. These industry segments, and the electronics industry as a
whole, are characterized by intense competition, relatively short product
life-cycles and significant fluctuations in product demand. In addition, the
electronics industry is generally subject to rapid technological change and
product obsolescence. Discontinuance or modifications of products containing
components manufactured by the Company could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Further,
the electronics industry is subject to economic cycles and has in the past
experienced, and is likely in the future to experience, recessionary periods. A
recession or any other event leading to excess capacity or a downturn in the
electronics industry would likely result in intensified price competition,
reduced gross margins and a decrease in unit volume, all of which would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Item 1. Business -- Industry
Overview" and "Item 1. Business -- Markets and Customers."
 
  Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results
 
     The Company's quarterly operating results have varied and may continue to
fluctuate significantly. At times in the past, the Company's net sales and net
income have decreased from the prior quarter. Operating results are affected by
a number of factors, including the timing and volume of orders from and
shipments to customers relative to the Company's manufacturing capacity, level
of product and price competition, product mix, the number of working days in a
particular quarter, trends in the electronics industry and general economic
factors. In recent years, the Company's gross margins have varied primarily as a
result of capacity utilization, product mix, lead times, volume levels and
complexity of customer orders. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to manage the utilization of manufacturing capacity or product mix in a
manner that would maintain or improve gross margins or the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. The timing and volume of orders
placed by the Company's customers vary due to customer attempts to manage
inventory, changes in customers' manufacturing strategies and variation in
demand for customer products. An interruption in manufacturing resulting from
shortages of parts or equipment, fire, earthquake or other natural disaster,
equipment failure or otherwise would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's
expense levels are relatively fixed and are based, in part, on expectations of
future revenues. Consequently, if revenue levels are below expectations, this
occurrence is likely to materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. Results of operations in any
period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any
future period. Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some
future quarter the Company's operating results may be below the expectations of
public market analysts and investors. Such an event could have a material
adverse effect on the price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
  Variability of Orders
 
     The level and timing of orders placed by the Company's customers vary due
to a number of factors, including customer attempts to manage inventory, changes
in the customers' manufacturing strategies and variation in demand for customer
products due to, among other things, technological change, new product
introductions, product life-cycles, competitive conditions or general economic
conditions. Since the Company generally does not obtain long-term purchase
orders or commitments from its customers, it must anticipate the future volume
of orders based on discussions with its customers. A substantial portion of
sales in a given quarter may depend on obtaining orders for products to be
manufactured and shipped in the same quarter in which those orders are received.
The Company relies on its estimate of anticipated future volumes when making
commitments regarding the level of business that it will seek and accept, the
mix of products that it intends to manufacture, the timing of production
schedules and the levels and utilization of personnel and other resources. A
variety of conditions, both specific to the individual customer and generally
affecting the customer's industry, may cause customers to cancel, reduce or
delay orders that were previously made or anticipated. A significant portion of
the Company's released backlog at any time may be subject to cancellation or
postponement without penalty. The Company cannot assure the timely replacement
of canceled, delayed or reduced orders. Significant or numerous cancellations,
reductions or delays in orders by a customer or group of customers could
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 1. Business -- Released
Backlog."
 
  Acquisitions
 
     The Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Zycon, a manufacturer of
electronic interconnect products, on January 10, 1997 (the "Zycon acquisition").
Zycon currently operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company under the
name Hadco Santa Clara, Inc. The Company has limited experience in integrating
acquired companies or technologies into its operations. Therefore, there can be
no assurance that the Company will operate the acquired business profitably in
the future. Contemporaneous with the Zycon acquisition, nine senior management
personnel of Zycon were terminated. There can be no assurance that the Company
will not be materially adversely affected by such terminations or that the
Company will be able to retain key personnel at Zycon. Accordingly, operating
expenses associated with the acquired business may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
in the future. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Item 1. Business -- General."
 
     The Company may from time to time pursue the acquisition of other
companies, assets, products or technologies. The Company may incur additional
indebtedness in connection with a future business acquisition, and the
incurrence of substantial amounts of debt in connection with future acquisitions
could increase the risk of the Company's operations. If the Company's cash flow
and existing working capital are not sufficient to fund its general working
capital requirements or to service its indebtedness, the Company would have to
raise additional funds through the sale of its equity securities, the
refinancing of all or part of its indebtedness or the sale of assets or
subsidiaries. There can be no assurance that any of these sources of funds would
be available in amounts sufficient for the Company to meet its obligations. The
cost of debt financing may also impair the ability of the Company to maintain
adequate working capital or to make future acquisitions. In addition, the
issuance of additional shares of Common Stock in connection with future
acquisitions could be dilutive to existing investors. Acquisitions involve a
number of operating risks that could materially adversely affect the Company's
operating results, including the diversion of management's attention to
assimilate the operations, products and personnel of the acquired companies, the
amortization of acquired intangible assets, and the potential loss of key
employees of the acquired companies. Furthermore, acquisitions may involve
businesses in which the Company lacks experience. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to manage one or more acquisitions successfully, or
that the Company will be able to integrate the operations, products or personnel
gained through any such acquisitions without a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
  Competition
 
     The electronic interconnect industry is highly fragmented and characterized
by intense competition. The Company believes that its major competitors are the
large U.S. and international independent and captive producers that also
manufacture multilayer printed circuits and provide backplane and other
electronic assemblies. Some of these competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources, greater name recognition and a
larger installed customer base than the Company. In addition, these competitors
may have the ability to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies,
may adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements and may devote
greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than
the Company.
 
     During periods of recession or economic slowdown in the electronics
industry and other periods when excess capacity exists, electronics OEMs become
more price sensitive, which could have a material adverse effect on interconnect
pricing. In addition, the Company believes that price competition from printed
circuit manufacturers in Asia and other locations with lower production costs
may play an increasing role in the printed circuit markets in which the Company
competes. This price competition from Asian printed circuit manufacturers may
intensify in times of Asian economic turmoil, currency devaluations or financial
market instability, such as many Asian countries are currently experiencing.
Moreover, the Company's basic interconnect technology is generally not subject
to significant proprietary protection, and companies with significant resources
or international operations may enter the market. Increased competition could
result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of
which could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
     The demand for printed circuits has continued to be affected by the
development of smaller, more powerful electronic components requiring less
printed circuit area. Expansion of the Company's existing products or services
could expose the Company to new competition. Moreover, new developments in the
electronics industry could render existing technology obsolete or less
competitive and could potentially introduce new competition into the industry.
There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to compete successfully
against present and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by
the Company will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Item 1. Business -- Industry
Overview."
 
  Technological Change, Process Development and Process Disruption
 
     The market for the Company's products and services is characterized by
rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. The future
success of the Company's business will depend in large part upon its ability to
maintain and enhance its technological capabilities, develop and market products
and services that meet changing customer needs and successfully anticipate or
respond to technological changes, on a cost-effective and timely basis. In
addition, the electronic interconnect industry could in the future encounter
competition from new technologies that render existing electronic interconnect
technology less competitive or obsolete, including technologies that may reduce
the number of printed circuits required in electronic components. There can be
no assurance that the Company will effectively respond to the technological
requirements of the changing market. To the extent the Company determines that
new technologies and equipment are required to remain competitive, the
development, acquisition and implementation of such technologies and equipment
are likely to continue to require significant capital investment by the Company.
There can be no assurance that capital will be available for this purpose in the
future or that investments in new technologies will result in commercially
viable technological processes or that there will be commercial applications for
these technologies. Moreover, the Company's business involves highly complex
manufacturing processes that have in the past and could in the future be subject
to periodic failure or disruption. Process disruptions can result in delays in
certain product shipments. There can be no assurance that failures or
disruptions will not occur in the future. The loss of revenue and earnings to
the Company from such a technological change, process development or process
disruption, as well as any disruption of the Company's operations resulting from
a natural disaster such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Item 1. Business -- Industry Overview," and "Item 1.
Business -- Products and Services."
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
  Malaysia Facility
 
     Hadco Santa Clara (formerly Zycon) completed construction of a volume
manufacturing facility for printed circuits in Malaysia in fiscal 1997. Hadco's
management has no experience in operating foreign manufacturing facilities, and
there can be no assurance that the Company will operate the new facility on a
profitable basis. The Company expects that the Malaysia facility may continue to
incur operating losses during future quarters of operations as a result of
various factors, including, without limitation, initial operating
inefficiencies, other start-up costs, and price competition for the products
which the Company intends to produce at the new facility. International
operations are also subject to a number of risks, including unforeseen changes
in regulatory requirements, exchange rates, tariffs and other trade barriers,
misappropriation of intellectual property, currency fluctuations, and political
and economic instability. Malaysia and other Asian countries have recently
experienced economic turmoil and a significant devaluation of their local
currencies. There can be no assurance that this period of Asian economic turmoil
will not result in increased price competition, restrictions on the transfer of
funds overseas, employee turnover, labor unrest, the reversal of current
policies encouraging foreign investment and trade, or other domestic Asian
economic problems that could materially adversely affect the Company. Therefore,
there can be no assurance that economic problems in Malaysia or other Asian
countries will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
 
  Customer Concentration
 
     During the past several years, the Company's sales to a small number of its
customers have accounted for a significant percentage of the Company's annual
net sales. During fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company's ten largest
customers accounted for approximately 46%, 48% and 47% of net sales,
respectively, and 43% in fiscal 1996 on a pro forma basis including Zycon. In
fiscal 1997, Solectron accounted for approximately 15% of the net sales of the
Company. The Company generally does not obtain long-term purchase orders or
commitments from its customers, and the orders received by the Company generally
require delivery within 90 days. Given the Company's strategy of developing
long-term purchasing relationships with high growth companies, the Company's
dependence on a number of its most significant customers may increase. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to identify, attract and retain
customers with high growth rates or that the customers that it does attract and
retain will continue to grow. Although there can be no assurance that the
Company's principal customers will continue to purchase products and services
from the Company at current levels, the Company expects to continue to depend
upon its principal customers for a significant portion of its net sales. The
loss of or decrease in orders from one or more major customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Item 1. Business -- Markets and Customers" and "Item
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Factors that May Affect Future Results -- Variability of Orders."
 
  Manufacturing Capacity
 
     The Company believes its long-term competitive position depends in part on
its ability to increase manufacturing capacity. The Company may obtain such
additional capacity through acquisitions or expansion of its current facilities.
Either approach would require substantial additional capital, and there can be
no assurance that such capital will be available from cash generated by current
operations. Further, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
acquire sufficient capacity or successfully integrate and manage such additional
facilities. In addition, the Company's expansion of its manufacturing capacity
has significantly increased and will continue to significantly increase its
fixed costs, and the future profitability of the Company will depend on its
ability to utilize its manufacturing capacity in an effective manner. The
failure to obtain sufficient capacity or to successfully integrate and manage
additional manufacturing facilities could adversely affect the Company's
relationships with its customers and materially adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company has a large
manufacturing facility in Santa Clara, California, and an earthquake or other
natural disaster in that area that results in an interruption of manufacturing
at such facility would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Item 2. Manufacturing and
Facilities."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
  Management of Growth
 
     The Company has initiated significant expansion, including geographic
expansion, of its operations, which has placed, and will continue to place,
significant demands on the Company's management, operational, technical and
financial resources. These demands are compounded by the Zycon acquisition. The
Company expects that expansion will require additional management personnel and
the development of further expertise by existing management personnel. The
Company's ability to manage growth effectively, particularly given the
increasing scope of its operations, will require it to continue to implement and
improve its operational, financial and management information systems as well as
to further develop the management skills of its managers and supervisors and to
train, motivate and manage its employees. The Company's failure to effectively
manage future growth, if any, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Competition
for personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to attract, assimilate or retain additional highly qualified employees in
the future, especially engineering personnel. The failure to hire and retain
such personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Item 7. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Factors that May Affect Future Results -- Acquisitions."
 
  Environmental Matters
 
     The Company is subject to a variety of local, state and federal
environmental laws and regulations relating to the storage, use, discharge and
disposal of chemicals, solid waste and other hazardous materials used during its
manufacturing process, as well as air quality regulations and restrictions on
water use. When violations of environmental laws occur, the Company can be held
liable for damages and the costs of remedial actions and can also be subject to
revocation of permits necessary to conduct its business. Any such revocations
could require the Company to cease or limit production at one or more of its
facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the Company's
failure to comply with present and future regulations could restrict the
Company's ability to expand its facilities or could require the Company to
acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses to comply with
environmental regulations.
 
     Environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater
compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violation.
The Company operates in several environmentally sensitive locations and is
subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political,
business and environmental groups. Changes or restrictions on discharge limits,
emissions levels, or material storage or handling might require a high level of
unplanned capital investment and/or relocation. There can be no assurance that
compliance with new or existing regulations will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Item 1. Business -- Environmental Matters," "Item 3. Legal Proceedings" and
Note 9 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Availability of Raw Materials and Components
 
     While the Company has not entered into any supply agreements and does not
have any guaranteed sources of raw materials or components, it routinely
purchases raw materials and components from several key material suppliers.
Although alternative material suppliers are currently available, a significant
unplanned event at a major supplier could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's operations. Hadco Santa Clara has experienced shortages of certain
types of raw materials in the past. The potential exists for shortages of
certain types of raw materials or components and any such future shortages or
price fluctuations in raw materials could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's manufacturing operations and future unit costs, thereby materially
adversely affecting the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. Product changes and the overall demand for electronic interconnect
products could increase the industry's use of new laminate materials, standard
laminate materials, multilayer blanks, electronic components and other
materials, and therefore such materials may not be readily available to the
Company in the future. Electronic components used by the Company in producing
backplane assemblies are purchased by the
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
Company and, in certain circumstances, the Company may bear the risk of
component price fluctuations. There can be no assurance that shortages of
certain types of electronic components will not occur in the future. Component
shortages or price fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's backplane assembly business, thereby materially adversely affecting
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. To the
extent that the Company's backplane assembly business expands as a percentage of
the Company's net sales, component shortages and price fluctuations could, to a
greater extent, materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Item 1. Business -- Supplier
Relationships."
 
  Dependence on Key Personnel
 
     The Company's future success depends to a large extent upon the continued
services of key managerial and technical employees, none of whom, except for the
President/Chief Executive Officer, is bound by an employment agreement or a
non-competition agreement. The President/Chief Executive Officer's non-
competition agreement is for one year after the termination of his employment
with the Company. The loss of the services of any of the Company's key employees
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company believes that
its future success depends on its continuing ability to attract and retain
highly qualified technical, managerial and marketing personnel. Competition for
such personnel is intense, especially for engineering personnel, and there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain
such personnel. If the Company is unable to hire and retain key personnel, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations may be
materially adversely affected. See "Item 1. Business -- Executive Officers of
the Registrant."
 
  Intellectual Property
 
     The Company's success depends in part on its proprietary techniques and
manufacturing expertise, particularly in the area of complex multilayer printed
circuits. The Company has few patents and relies primarily on trade secret
protection of its intellectual property. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to protect its trade secrets or that others will not
independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and
techniques or otherwise gain access to the Company's trade secrets. In addition,
litigation may be necessary to protect the Company's trade secrets, to determine
the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against
claims of patent infringement. If any infringement claim is asserted against the
Company, the Company may seek to obtain a license of the other party's
intellectual property rights. There is no assurance that a license would be
available on reasonable terms or at all. Litigation with respect to patents or
other intellectual property matters could result in substantial costs and
diversion of management and other resources and could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  Volatility of Stock Price
 
     The Company's Common Stock has experienced significant price volatility
historically, and such volatility may continue to occur in the future. Factors
such as announcements of large customer orders, order cancellations, new product
introductions by the Company or competitors or general conditions in the
electronics industry, as well as quarterly variations in the Company's actual or
anticipated results of operations, may cause the market price of the Company's
Common Stock to fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, the stock market has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years, which has had
a substantial effect on the market price for securities issued by many
technology companies, often for reasons unrelated to the operating performance
of the specific companies. These broad market fluctuations may materially
adversely affect the price of the Company's Common Stock. There can be no
assurance that the market price of the Company's Common Stock will not
experience significant fluctuations in the future, including fluctuations that
are unrelated to the Company's performance.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
  Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
     The Company's Stockholder Rights Plan and certain provisions of the
Company's Restated Articles of Organization and By-Laws and of Massachusetts
Law, including Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 110D, entitled "Regulation of
Control Share Acquisitions" and Chapter 110F, the so-called Business Combination
Statute, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or
prevent a change in control or sale of the Company. Each and all of the above
provisions and statutes could diminish the opportunities for a stockholder to
participate in tender offers, including tender offers at a price above the then
current market value of Common Stock and may render more difficult or discourage
a merger, consolidation or tender offer (even if such transaction is supported
by the Company's Board of Directors or is favorable to the stockholders), the
assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Company's shares, and
the removal of incumbent management.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
     The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Report of
Independent Public Accountants thereon are presented in the following pages. The
Consolidated Financial Statements filed in Item 8 are as follows:
 
     Report of Independent Public Accountants.
 
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended October 25, 1997,
     October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 25, 1997 and October 26, 1996.
 
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Investment for the years ended
     October 25, 1997, October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 25, 1997,
     October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Hadco Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hadco
Corporation (a Massachusetts corporation) and subsidiaries as of October 25,
1997 and October 26, 1996, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' investment and cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended October 25, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Hadco Corporation and
subsidiaries as of October 25, 1997 and October 26, 1996, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended October 25, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
     Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in item 14(a)(2) is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. This
schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states, in all
material respects, the financial data required to be set forth therein, in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 

Boston, Massachusetts
November 14, 1997
(except for the matter discussed
in Note 14, as to which the
date is December 9, 1997)
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                            -------------------------------------------
                                                            OCTOBER 28,     OCTOBER 26,     OCTOBER 25,
                                                               1995            1996            1997
                                                            -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
Net Sales.................................................    $265,168        $350,685        $648,705
Cost of Sales.............................................     197,728         260,230         507,313
                                                              --------        --------        --------
Gross Profit..............................................      67,440          90,455         141,392
Operating Expenses........................................      33,534          38,923          64,586
Write-off of Acquired In-Process Research and
  Development.............................................          --              --          78,000
                                                              --------        --------        --------
Income (Loss) From Operations.............................      33,906          51,532          (1,194)
Interest and Other Income.................................       1,669           1,287           3,296
Interest Expense..........................................        (537)           (338)        (10,923)
                                                              --------        --------        --------
Income (Loss) Before Provision for Income Taxes...........      35,038          52,481          (8,821)
Provision for Income Taxes................................      13,664          20,467          27,672
                                                              --------        --------        --------
Net Income (Loss).........................................    $ 21,374        $ 32,014        $(36,493)
                                                              ========        ========        ========
Net Income (Loss) Per Share...............................    $   1.98        $   2.89        $  (3.18)
                                                              ========        ========        ========
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding.......................      10,806          11,084          11,458
                                                              ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        OCTOBER 26,     OCTOBER 25,
                                                                           1996            1997
                                                                        -----------     -----------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                             SHARE INFORMATION)
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>
                                              ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents........................................    $ 32,786        $ 12,171
     Short-term investments...........................................       9,401           1,562
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
      $1,100 in 1996 and $1,700 in 1997, respectively.................      40,622          92,222
     Inventories......................................................      21,786          46,000
     Deferred tax asset...............................................       7,483          10,483
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................       1,483           4,245
                                                                          --------        --------
          Total current assets........................................     113,561         166,683
Property, Plant and Equipment, net....................................     103,735         231,490
Deferred Tax Asset....................................................       2,117              --
Acquired Intangible Assets, net.......................................          --         101,131
Other Assets..........................................................          88           3,213
                                                                          --------        --------
                                                                          $219,501        $502,517
                                                                          ========        ========
 
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
     Short-term debt, current portion of long-term debt and capital
      lease obligations...............................................    $  1,907        $  5,064
     Accounts payable.................................................      42,265          68,594
     Accrued payroll and other employee benefits......................      17,592          28,279
     Accrued taxes....................................................          --           1,775
     Other accrued expenses...........................................       8,236           9,278
                                                                          --------        --------
          Total current liabilities...................................      70,000         112,990
                                                                          --------        --------
Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations, net of current
  portion.............................................................       1,515         109,716
                                                                          --------        --------
Deferred Tax Liability................................................          --          30,685
                                                                          --------        --------
Other Long-term Liabilities...........................................       9,145           9,214
                                                                          --------        --------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' Investment:
     Common stock, $.05 par value;
     Authorized -- 25,000 shares
     Issued and outstanding -- 10,382 shares in 1996 and 13,086 shares
      in 1997.........................................................         521             655
Paid-in Capital.......................................................      30,939         168,246
Deferred Compensation.................................................        (240)           (117)
Retained Earnings.....................................................     107,621          71,128
                                                                          --------        --------
          Total stockholders' investment..............................     138,841         239,912
                                                                          --------        --------
                                                                          $219,501        $502,517
                                                                          ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK
                                       ----------------------
                                        NUMBER       $.05 PAR     PAID-IN        DEFERRED       RETAINED
                                       OF SHARES      VALUE       CAPITAL      COMPENSATION     EARNINGS
                                       ---------     --------     --------     ------------     --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
Balance, October 29, 1994............     9,738        $487       $ 22,763        $ (731)       $ 54,921
  Terminated stock options...........        --          --            (37)           37              --
  Exercise of stock options..........       529          16          1,079            --              --
  Tax benefit of exercise of
     nonqualified stock options......        --          --          1,597            --              --
  Compensation expense associated
     with granting nonqualified stock
     options.........................        --          --             --           287              --
  Purchase and retirement of common
     stock...........................      (328)         (6)          (325)           --            (688)
  Net income.........................        --          --             --            --          21,374
                                         ------        ----       --------         -----        --------
Balance, October 28, 1995............     9,939         497         25,077          (407)         75,607
  Terminated stock options...........        --          --            (13)           13              --
  Exercise of stock options..........       443          24          1,714            --              --
  Tax benefit of exercise of
     nonqualified stock options......        --          --          4,161            --              --
  Compensation expense associated
     with granting nonqualified stock
     options.........................        --          --             --           154              --
  Net income.........................        --          --             --            --          32,014
                                         ------        ----       --------         -----        --------
Balance, October 26, 1996............    10,382         521         30,939          (240)        107,621
  Terminated stock options...........        --          --             (2)            2              --
  Exercise of stock options..........       263          12          1,291            --              --
  Tax benefit of exercise of
     nonqualified stock options......        --          --          5,052            --              --
  Compensation expense associated
     with granting nonqualified stock
     options.........................        --          --             --           121              --
  Sale of common shares in stock
     offering, net of offering costs
     of $1,033.......................     2,442         122        130,966            --              --
  Net loss...........................        --          --             --            --         (36,493)
                                         ------        ----       --------         -----        --------
Balance, October 25, 1997............    13,087        $655       $168,246        $ (117)       $ 71,128
                                         ======        ====       ========         =====        ========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                                      OCTOBER 28,    OCTOBER 26,    OCTOBER 25,
                                                                         1995           1996           1997
                                                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net income (loss)..................................................   $ 21,374       $ 32,014      $ (36,493)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
    operating activities --
    Write off of acquired in-process research and development........         --             --         78,000
    Depreciation, amortization, deferred compensation and deferred
      taxes..........................................................     11,218         17,330         40,972
    Gain on sale of fixed assets.....................................       (415)          (205)        (1,862)
    Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition of Zycon
      Corporation --
      Increase in accounts receivable................................    (10,485)        (4,825)       (26,762)
      Increase in inventories........................................     (3,009)        (8,482)       (12,824)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other expenses.....       (364)           213            308
      Decrease in other assets.......................................         25             33            385
      Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses..............     15,291         17,720          8,873
      Increase in long-term liabilities..............................      2,714          1,831             70
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
         Net cash provided by operating activities...................     36,349         55,629         50,667
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Purchases of short-term investments................................    (15,464)        (8,402)       (19,862)
  Maturities of short-term investments...............................     12,796         14,168         27,701
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment.........................    (28,865)       (53,966)       (69,851)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment................        429            290          2,760
  Acquisition of Zycon Corporation, net of cash acquired of $2,824...         --             --       (209,661)
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
         Net cash used in investing activities.......................    (31,104)       (47,910)      (268,913)
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Principal payments under capital lease obligations.................     (2,584)        (2,047)        (1,498)
  Principal payments of long-term debt...............................     (2,091)           (92)      (163,268)
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...........................         --             --        224,954
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options............................      1,095          1,738          1,303
  Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs................         --             --        131,088
  Tax benefit from exercise of options...............................      1,597          4,161          5,052
  Purchase and retirement of common stock............................     (1,019)            --             --
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
         Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.........     (3,002)         3,760        197,631
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents.................      2,243         11,479        (20,615)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period.......................     19,064         21,307         32,786
                                                                        --------       --------      ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period.............................   $ 21,307       $ 32,786      $  12,171
                                                                        ========       ========      =========
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
  Machinery and equipment acquired under capital lease obligations...   $     --       $  1,032      $      --
                                                                        ========       ========      =========
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the period for -- Interest........................   $    576       $    279      $  10,270
                                                                        ========       ========      =========
  Income taxes (net of refunds)......................................   $ 13,609       $ 16,794      $  21,099
                                                                        ========       ========      =========
Acquisition of Zycon Corporation:
  Fair value of assets acquired......................................                                $ 206,009
  Liabilities assumed................................................                                 (112,393)
  Cash paid..........................................................                                 (204,885)
  Acquisition costs incurred.........................................                                   (7,600)
  Write-off of acquired in-process research and development..........                                   78,000
                                                                                                     ---------
  Goodwill...........................................................                                $ (40,869)
                                                                                                     =========
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Hadco Corporation's (the "Company") principal products are complex
multilayer rigid printed circuits and backplane assemblies. The consolidated
financial statements reflect the application of certain accounting policies as
described in this Note and elsewhere in the accompanying notes to consolidated
financial statements.
 
  Principles of Consolidation
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
  Management Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Short-term
investments are carried at cost, which approximates market, and have maturities
of less than one year. Cash equivalents consist of approximately $29,696,000 and
$9,850,000 for the years ended October 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     The Company classifies its investments in corporate and government debt
securities as held-to-maturity given the Company's intent and ability to hold
the securities to maturity. In accordance with the statement, held-to-maturity
securities are carried at amortized cost.
 
     The Company's investments in held-to-maturity securities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1996              1997
                                           ---------------   ---------------
                                                     FAIR              FAIR
                                                    MARKET            MARKET
                                            COST    VALUE     COST    VALUE       MATURITY
                                           ------   ------   ------   ------   --------------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
        US Government Securities.........  $1,000   $  999   $   --   $   --    within 1 year
        State and Local Securities.......   5,270    5,271       --       --    within 1 year
        Corporate Debt Securities........   3,131    3,069       --       --    within 1 year
        Certificate of Deposit...........      --       --    1,562    1,562    within 1 year
                                           ------   ------   ------   ------
                                           $9,401   $9,339   $1,562   $1,562
                                           ======   ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has no financial instruments requiring disclosure under
Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 119, Disclosure About Derivative Financial Instruments and
Fair Value of the Financial Instruments.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     SFAS No. 105, Disclosure of Information About Financial Instruments with
Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit
Risk, requires disclosure of any significant off-balance-sheet and credit risk
concentrations. As of October 25, 1997, the Company has no significant
off-balance-sheet
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
concentrations of credit risk such as foreign currency exchange contracts or
other hedging arrangements. Financial instruments that subject the Company to
credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and
trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains the majority of its cash and
investment balances with financial institutions. The Company has not experienced
any losses on these investments to date. Substantially all of the Company's
accounts receivable are concentrated in the high technology and electronics
industry. The Company has not experienced significant losses related to
receivables from individual customers or groups of customers in the high
technology and electronics industry or by geographic region. Due to these
factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for collection losses
is believed by management to be inherent in the Company's accounts receivable.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment
 
     The Company provides for depreciation and amortization by charges to
operations in amounts that allocate the cost of property, plant and equipment on
a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED
            ASSET CLASSIFICATION                                     USEFUL LIFE
            --------------------                                     -----------
            <S>                                                      <C>
            Land betterments.......................................  10-18 Years
            Buildings and improvements.............................  10-40 Years
            Machinery and equipment................................   3-10 Years
            Furniture and fixtures.................................    5-7 Years
            Computer software......................................      3 Years
            Vehicles...............................................    3-5 Years
            Capital leases.........................................   Lease term
</TABLE>
 
  Net Income (Loss) per Share
 
     Net income (loss) per share was computed based on the weighted average
number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during each period.
Common equivalent shares include outstanding stock options and are included when
dilutive. Fully diluted net income (loss) per share has not been separately
presented as it would not be materially different from net income (loss) per
share as presented.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     The Company recognizes revenue at the time products are shipped.
 
  Research and Development Expenses
 
     The Company charges research and development expenses to operations as
incurred. For the fiscal years ended October 1995, 1996 and 1997, research and
development expenses were approximately $2,945,000, $4,307,000, and $6,929,000,
respectively, and are included in operating expenses.
 
  Stock Based Compensation
 
     The Company has adopted SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, in fiscal 1997. SFAS No. 123 defines a fair-value-based method of
accounting for employee stock options and other stock-based compensation. The
compensation expense arising from this method of accounting can be reflected in
the financial statements or, alternatively, the pro forma net income and
earnings per share effect of the fair-value-based accounting can be disclosed in
the financial footnotes. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only
alternative. (See Note 10).
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Foreign Currency Translation
 
     The functional currency of the Company's Malaysian subsidiary is the United
States dollar. Accordingly, all remeasurement gains and losses resulting from
transactions denominated in currencies other than United States dollars are
included in the consolidated statements of operations in accordance with SFAS
No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation. To date, the resulting gains and losses
have not been material.
 
  Reclassification
 
     The Company has reclassified certain prior year information to conform with
the current year's presentation.
 
  New Accounting Standards
 
     In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
No. 128, Earnings per Share. SFAS No. 128 establishes standards for computing
and presenting earnings per share and applies to entities with publicly traded
common stock or potential common stock. This statement is effective for fiscal
years ending after December 15, 1997, and early adoption is not permitted. When
adopted, the statement will require restatement of prior years' earnings per
share. The Company will adopt this statement for its first quarter of fiscal
1998.
 
     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income.
SFAS No. 130 requires disclosure of all components of comprehensive income on an
annual and interim basis. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in
equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other
events and circumstances from nonowner sources. SFAS No. 130 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company will adopt this
statement for its fiscal year ending October 1999.
 
     In July 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information. SFAS No. 131 requires certain financial
and supplementary information to be disclosed on an annual and interim basis for
each reportable segment of an enterprise. SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. Unless impracticable, companies would
be required to restate prior period information upon adoption. The Company will
adopt this statement for its fiscal year ending October 1999.
 
(2) ACQUISITION OF ZYCON
 
     On January 10, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of the
outstanding common stock of Zycon Corporation ("Zycon"). The acquisition was
financed by a new bank credit facility of up to $250,000,000, of which the
Company borrowed approximately $215,000,000, upon consummation of the
acquisition (see Note 7). The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, and accordingly,
Zycon's operating results since January 10, 1997 are included in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
     In accordance with APB Opinion No. 16, the Company allocated the purchase
price based on the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. A
significant portion of the purchase price, as described below, was identified in
an independent appraisal as intangible assets using proven valuation procedures
and techniques, including approximately $78,000,000 of in-process research and
development ("in-process R&D"). Acquired intangibles include developed
technology, customer relationships, assembled workforce and trade
names/trademarks. These intangibles are being amortized over their estimated
useful lives of 12 to 30 years. The portion of the purchase price allocated to
the in-process R&D projects that did not have a future alternative use totaled
$78,000,000 and was charged to expense as of the acquisition date. Due to a
difference in the bases of certain assets for financial statement and income tax
purposes, deferred income taxes of $26,200,000 have been provided as part of the
purchase price allocation in accordance with SFAS No. 109.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The aggregate purchase price of $212,485,000, including acquisition costs,
was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                     --------------
            <S>                                                         <C>
            Current assets.........................................     $  41,790
            Property, plant and equipment..........................        95,193
            Acquired intangibles...................................        65,500
            In-process R&D.........................................        78,000
            Other assets...........................................         3,526
            Goodwill...............................................        40,869
            Liabilities assumed....................................      (112,393)
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        $ 212,485
                                                                        =========
</TABLE>
 
     Unaudited pro forma operating results for the Company, assuming the
acquisition of Zycon occurred on October 29, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                                               OCTOBER 26,       OCTOBER 25,
                                                                  1996              1997
                                                               -----------       -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
                                                                      PER SHARE DATA)
        <S>                                                     <C>               <C>
        Net sales..........................................     $ 570,345         $ 709,715
        Net income.........................................        27,222            40,567
        Net income per share...............................          2.46              3.40
</TABLE>
 
     For purposes of these pro forma operating results, the in-process R&D was
assumed to have been written off prior to October 29, 1995, so that the
operating results presented include only recurring costs.
 
(3) INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, first-in, first-out (FIFO), or
market and consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1996        1997
                                                                   -------     -------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                        <C>         <C>
        Raw materials............................................  $ 8,008     $14,167
        Work-in-process..........................................   13,778      31,833
                                                                   -------     -------
                                                                   $21,786     $46,000
                                                                   =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The work-in-process consists of materials, labor and manufacturing
overhead.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(4) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996          1997
                                                               ---------     ---------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                    <C>           <C>
        Land betterments.....................................  $   1,991     $   2,174
        Buildings and improvements...........................     52,961        74,172
        Construction-in-progress.............................     22,543        38,716
        Machinery and equipment..............................    126,878       262,113
        Furniture and fixtures...............................     14,082        18,611
        Computer software....................................      2,662         3,152
        Vehicles.............................................        159           626
        Capital leases.......................................     14,972        45,154
                                                               ---------     ---------
                                                                 236,248       444,718
        Accumulated depreciation and amortization............   (132,513)     (213,228)
                                                               ---------     ---------
                                                               $ 103,735     $ 231,490
                                                               =========     =========
</TABLE>
 
(5) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     The Company assesses the realizability of intangible assets in accordance
with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of. Under SFAS No. 121, the Company is required
to assess the valuation of its long-lived assets, including intangible assets,
based on the estimated cash flows to be generated by such assets. Based on its
most recent analysis, the Company believes that no material impairment of
intangible assets exists as of October 25, 1997. Intangible assets are amortized
on a straight-line basis, based on their estimated lives, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          ESTIMATED LIFE     OCTOBER 25, 1997
                                                          --------------     ----------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                               <C>                <C>
        Developed technology............................    12 years             $ 30,000
        Customer relationships..........................    25 years               19,000
        Assembled workforce.............................    12 years               10,000
        Trade names/trademarks..........................    30 years                6,500
        Goodwill........................................    20 years               40,869
                                                                                 --------
                                                                                  106,369
        Less -- Accumulated amortization................                           (5,238)
                                                                                 --------
                                                                                 $101,131
                                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(6) INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.
 
     The provision for income taxes shown in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEARS ENDED OCTOBER
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                 1995        1996        1997
                                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Federal
  Current.....................................................  $14,331     $18,341     $24,072
  Deferred....................................................   (2,954)     (1,206)      1,369
                                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                                 11,377      17,135      25,441
                                                                -------     -------     -------
State
  Current.....................................................    2,928       3,611       2,273
  Deferred....................................................     (641)       (279)        (42)
                                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                                  2,287       3,332       2,231
                                                                -------     -------     -------
                                                                $13,664     $20,467     $27,672
                                                                =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The tax rate used in the computation of the provision for federal and state
income taxes differs from the statutory federal and state rates due to the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995     1996     1997(1)
                                                                 ----     ----     ----
        <S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>
        Provision for statutory rate...........................  34.0%    34.0%    35.0%
        Increase in tax resulting from -- state income taxes,
          net of federal tax benefit...........................   4.5      4.4      4.3
        Tax-exempt interest income.............................  (0.5)    (0.4)    (0.3)
        Other, net.............................................   1.0      1.0      1.0
                                                                 ----     ----     ----
          Provision for income taxes...........................  39.0%    39.0%    40.0%
                                                                 ====     ====     ====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Calculated based on pre-tax income, before non-deductible charges for
    in-process research and development, of $69.2 million for 1997.
 
     In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company
provides for income taxes using its effective annual income tax rate. Although
the Company has incurred a loss before income taxes during the year ended
October 25, 1997, the Company has recorded an income tax provision because the
write-off of in-process R&D is not deductible for income tax purposes. Without
taking into consideration the write-off of in-process R&D, the effective annual
income tax rate for fiscal 1997 is 40%, which is approximately equal to the
expected combined federal and state statutory rates. The effective rate is
increased by amortization of goodwill and acquired intangibles which is not tax
deductible, and this item was offset by the tax benefit of the Company's Foreign
Sales Corporation and various state investment tax credits.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The deferred provision for income taxes results from the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995        1996        1997
                                                        -------     -------     -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
        Difference between book and tax
          depreciation................................  $  (144)    $   (46)    $ 1,939
        Deferred compensation.........................       73         266         146
        Amortization of acquired intangible assets....       --          --      (1,210)
        Reserves and expenses recognized in different
          periods for book and tax purposes...........   (3,506)     (1,658)        480
        Other, net....................................      (18)        (47)        (28)
                                                        -------     -------     -------
                                                        $(3,595)    $(1,485)    $ 1,327
                                                        =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the current and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities at
October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996         1997
                                                                  -------     --------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                       <C>         <C>
        Deferred Tax Assets --
          Not currently deductible reserves.....................  $ 7,475     $ 11,592
          Not currently deductible environmental accruals.......    3,907        4,127
          Deferred compensation plans...........................      275        1,140
                                                                  -------     --------
                  Total gross deferred tax assets...............   11,657       16,859
          Less -- valuation allowance...........................     (137)         (54)
                                                                  -------     --------
                                                                   11,520       16,805
        Deferred Tax Liability --
          Acquisition related intangibles.......................       --      (24,096)
          Property, plant and equipment, principally due to
             differences in depreciation........................   (1,920)     (12,911)
                                                                  -------     --------
                  Net deferred tax asset (liability)............  $ 9,600     $(20,202)
                                                                  =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
     Due to the uncertainty relating to the actual value of the favorable tax
benefits of deferred compensation from stock options, the Company has recorded a
valuation allowance of approximately $137,000 and $54,000 as of October 26, 1996
and October 25, 1997, respectively. The decrease of this allowance for the year
ended October 25, 1997 is a result of the decrease in the deferred tax asset
relating to deferred compensation.
 
(7) LINES OF CREDIT
 
     In connection with the Zycon acquisition discussed in Note 2, the Company
entered into a $250,000,000 unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement (the
"Agreement") with a bank. The Agreement provides for direct borrowings or
letters of credit and expires January 8, 2002. Borrowings under the Agreement
bear interest, at the Company's option, at either; (i) the Eurodollar rate plus
a margin ranging between .5% and 1.125%, based on a certain financial ratio of
the Company, or (ii) the Base Rate, as defined. The Company is required to pay a
quarterly commitment fee ranging from .2% to .375%, based on a certain financial
ratio of the Company, of the unused commitment under the Agreement. If the
Company obtains certain debt financing, as defined, the bank may require the
Company to repay up to $150,000,000 of amounts outstanding under the Agreement.
At October 25, 1997, borrowings of $100,000,000 were outstanding under the
Agreement at a weighted average interest rate of 6.26%.
 
     The Agreement places several restrictions on the Company, including
limitations on mergers, acquisitions and sales of a substantial portion of its
assets, as well as certain limitations on liens, guarantees, additional
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
borrowings, changes in the Company's capitalization, as defined, and
investments. The Agreement also requires the Company to maintain certain
financial covenants, including minimum levels of consolidated net worth, a
maximum ratio of funded debt to EBITDA, maximum capital expenditures and
interest coverage, as defined, during the term of the Agreement. At October 25,
1997, the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.
 
     On December 9, 1997, the line of credit agreement was amended and restated
to increase the total line of credit available (See Note 14).
 
     The Company has a line of credit arrangement with a Malaysian bank
denominated in Malaysian ringgits and U.S. dollars for aggregate borrowings of
approximately $4.0 million for the purpose of acquiring land, facilities and
equipment for the Company's Malaysian subsidiary. The arrangement is renewable
annually. At October 25, 1997, there are no amounts outstanding under this
arrangement.
 
(8) LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         OCTOBER
                                                                   -------------------
                                                                    1996         1997
                                                                   ------       ------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                        <C>        <C>
        Loan agreements in connection with the expansion of a
          building. The loans bear interest at rates from 1% to
          7% through March 2011 and are collateralized by
          property and an irrevocable letter of credit. Payments
          of principal and interest are due quarterly............  $  916     $    820
        Revolving credit agreement (Note 7)......................      --      100,000
        Obligations under capital leases.........................   2,506       13,960
                                                                   ------     --------
                                                                    3,422      114,780
        Less -- Current portion..................................   1,907        5,064
                                                                   ------     --------
                                                                   $1,515     $109,716
                                                                   ======     ========
</TABLE>
 
     Maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations are as follows
as of October 25, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Year Ending October --                                       AMOUNT
                                                                        --------
            <S>                                                         <C>
              1998....................................................  $  5,064
              1999....................................................     4,008
              2000....................................................     2,506
              2001....................................................     2,221
              2002....................................................   100,710
              Thereafter..............................................       271
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $114,780
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Operating Leases
 
     The Company leases manufacturing equipment and space under noncancelable
operating leases with terms expiring through 2009. Future minimum lease payments
under these leases as of October 25, 1997 (in thousands) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      REAL
                                                       EQUIPMENT     ESTATE       TOTAL
                                                       ---------     -------     -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                            <C>           <C>         <C>
        Year Ending October --
          1998.......................................     $123       $ 5,500     $ 5,623
          1999.......................................        9         5,371       5,380
          2000.......................................       --         4,894       4,894
          2001.......................................       --         4,558       4,558
          2002.......................................       --         4,670       4,670
          Thereafter.................................       --        29,665      29,665
                                                          ----       -------     -------
             Future minimum lease payments...........     $132       $54,658     $54,790
                                                          ====       =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     Total rental expense of approximately $1,447,000, $1,434,000 and $6,628,000
was incurred for the fiscal years ended October 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
 
     These operating leases include office and manufacturing space leased from a
partnership in which the Chairman of the Board has an interest. Two of the
leases are for terms of five years, and expire in October 2000 with options to
extend until October 2006. The remaining lease expires in March 2000 with
options to extend until 2006. For the fiscal years ended October 1995, 1996 and
1997, the related rental expense was approximately $479,000, $529,000 and
$533,000, respectively.
 
  Environmental Matters
 
     During March 1995, the Company received a Record of Decision ("ROD") from
the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation ("NYSDEC"),
regarding soil and groundwater contamination at its Owego, New York facility.
Based on a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RIFS") for apparent
on-site contamination at that facility and a Focused Feasibility Study ("FFS"),
each prepared by environmental consultants of the Company, the NYSDEC has
approved a remediation program of groundwater withdrawal and treatment and
iterative soil flushing. The Company recently executed a Modification of the
Order on Consent to implement the approved ROD. The cost, based upon the FFS, to
implement this remediation is estimated to be $4.6 million, and is expected to
be expended as follows: $260,000 for capital equipment and $4.3 million for
operation and maintenance costs which will be incurred and expended over the
estimated life of the program of 30 years. NYSDEC has requested that the Company
consider taking additional samples from a wetland area near the Company's Owego
facility. Analytical reports of earlier sediment samples indicated the presence
of certain inorganics. There can be no assurance that the Company and/or other
third parties will not be required to conduct additional investigations and
remediation at that location, the costs of which are currently indeterminable
due to the numerous variables described in the fifth paragraph of this
Environmental Matters note.
 
     From 1974 to 1980, the Company operated a printed circuit manufacturing
facility in Florida as a lessee of property that is now the subject of a pending
lawsuit (the "Florida Lawsuit") and investigation by the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection ("FDEP"). On June 9, 1992, the Company entered into a
Cooperating Parties Agreement in which it and Gould, Inc., another prior lessee
of the site, have agreed to fund certain assessment and feasibility study
activities at the site, and an environmental consultant has been
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
retained to perform such activities. The cost of such activities is not expected
to be material to the Company. In addition to the Cooperating Parties Agreement,
Hadco and others are participating in alternative dispute resolution regarding
the site with an independent mediator. In connection with the mediation, in
February 1992 the FDEP presented computer-generated estimates of remedial costs,
for activities expected to be spread over a number of years, that ranged from
approximately $3.3 million to $9.7 million. Mediation sessions were conducted in
March 1992 but have been suspended during the ongoing assessment and feasibility
activities. Management believes it is likely that it will participate in
implementing a continuing remedial program for the site, the costs of which are
currently unknown. Also see the seventh paragraph of this Environmental Matters
Note relating to the Company's having been named as a third-party defendant in
the Florida Lawsuit.
 
     The Company has commenced the operation of a groundwater extraction system
at its Derry, New Hampshire facility to address certain groundwater
contamination and migration control issues. Further investigation is underway to
determine the areal extent of the groundwater contaminant plume. Because of the
uncertainty regarding both the quantity of contaminants beneath the building at
the site and the long-term effectiveness of the groundwater migration control
system the Company has installed, it is not possible to make a reliable estimate
of the length of time remedial activity will have to be performed. However, it
is anticipated that the groundwater extraction system will be operated for at
least 30 years. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required
to conduct additional investigations and remediation relating to the Derry
facility. The total costs of such groundwater extraction system and of
conducting any additional investigations and remediation relating to the Derry
facility are not fully determinable due to the numerous variables described in
the fifth paragraph of this Environmental Matters note.
 
     Included in operating expenses are charges for actual expenditures and
accruals, based on estimates, for environmental matters. During fiscal 1995,
1996 and 1997, the Company made, and charged to operating expenses, actual
payments of approximately $1,111,000, $680,000 and $296,000, respectively, for
environmental matters. In 1995 and 1996, the Company also accrued and charged to
operating expenses approximately $2,740,000 and $1,825,000, respectively, as
cost estimates for environmental matters.
 
     The Company accrues estimated costs associated with known environmental
matters, when such costs can be reasonably estimated. The cost estimates
relating to future environmental clean-up are subject to numerous variables, the
effects of which can be difficult to measure, including the stage of the
environmental investigations, the nature of potential remedies, possible joint
and several liability, the magnitude of possible contamination, the difficulty
of determining future liability, the time over which remediation might occur,
and the possible effects of changing laws and regulations. The total reserve for
environmental matters currently identified by the Company amounted to $10.0
million at October 26, 1996 and $10.6 million at October 25, 1997. The current
portion of these costs amounted to approximately $900,000 as of October 26, 1996
and $1.4 million as of October 25, 1997, and is included in Other accrued
expenses. The long-term portion of these costs amounted to approximately $9.1
million and $9.2 million as of October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997,
respectively, and is reported under the caption Other Long-Term Liabilities.
Based on its assessment at the current time, management estimates the cost of
ultimate disposition of the above known environmental matters to range from
approximately $7.0 million to $12.0 million, and is expected to be spread over a
number of years. Management believes the ultimate disposition of the above known
environmental matters will not have a material adverse effect on the liquidity,
capital resources, business or consolidated financial position of the Company.
However, one or more of such environmental matters could have a significant
negative impact on the Company's consolidated financial results for a particular
reporting period.
 
     The Company is one of 33 entities which have been named as potentially
responsible parties in a lawsuit pending in the federal district court of New
Hampshire concerning environmental conditions at the Auburn Road, Londonderry,
New Hampshire landfill site. Local, state and federal entities and certain other
parties to the litigation seek contribution for past costs, totaling
approximately $20 million, allegedly incurred to assess and remedy the Auburn
Road site. In December 1996, following publication and comment period, the U.S.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) amended the ROD to change the remedy at
the Auburn Road site from active groundwater remediation to future monitoring.
Other parties to the lawsuit also allege that future monitoring will be
required. The Company is contesting liability, but is participating in mediation
with 27 other parties in an effort to resolve the lawsuit.
 
     In connection with the Florida Lawsuit (as described in the second
paragraph of this Environmental Matters section), pending in the Circuit Court
of Broward County, Florida, Hadco and Gould, Inc., another prior lessee of the
site of the printed circuit manufacturing facility in Florida, was each served
with a third-party complaint in June 1995, as third-party defendants in such
pending Florida Lawsuit by a party who had previously been named as a defendant
when the Florida Lawsuit was commenced in 1993 by the FDEP. The Florida Lawsuit
seeks damages relating to environmental pollution and FDEP costs and expenses,
civil penalties, and declaratory and injunctive relief to require the parties to
complete assessment and remediation of soil and groundwater contamination. The
other parties include alleged owners of the property and Fleet Credit
Corporation, a secured lender to a prior lessee of the property.
 
     In March 1993, the EPA notified Hadco Santa Clara (formerly Zycon) of its
potential liability for maintenance and remediation costs in connection with a
hazardous waste disposal facility operated by Casmalia Resources, a California
Limited Partnership, in Santa Barbara County, California. The EPA identified
Hadco Santa Clara as one of the 65 generators which had disposed the greatest
amounts of materials at the site. Based on the total tonnage contributed by all
generators, Hadco Santa Clara's share is estimated at approximately 0.2% of the
total weight.
 
     The Casmalia site was regulated by the EPA during the period when the
material was accepted. There is no allegation that Hadco Santa Clara violated
any law in the disposal of material at the site, rather the EPA's actions
stemmed from the fact that Casmalia Resources may not have the financial means
to implement a closure plan for the site and because of Hadco Santa Clara's
status as a generator of hazardous waste.
 
     In June 1997, the United States District Court in Los Angeles, California
approved and entered a Consent Decree among the EPA and 49 entities (including
Hadco Santa Clara) acting through the Casmalia Steering Committee ("CSC"). The
Consent Decree sets forth the terms and conditions under which the CSC will
carry out work aimed at final closure of the site. Certain closure activities
will be performed by the CSC. Later work will be performed by the CSC, if funded
by other parties. Under the Consent Decree, the settling parties will work with
the EPA to pursue the non-settling parties to ensure they participate in
contributing to the closure and long-term operation and maintenance of the
facility.
 
     The future costs in connection with the lawsuits described in the above
paragraphs are currently indeterminable due to such factors as the unknown
timing and extent of any future remedial actions which may be required, the
extent of any liability of the Company and of other potentially responsible
parties, and the financial resources of the other potentially responsible
parties. Management currently believes, based on the facts currently known to
it, that it is probable that the ultimate dispositions of the above lawsuits
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial
condition; however, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
 
  Purchase Commitments
 
     The Company had commitments to purchase approximately $16,497,000 of
manufacturing equipment and approximately $1,289,000 of leasehold improvements
as of October 25, 1997. The majority of these commitments is expected to be
completed by the end of fiscal 1998.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(10) STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
 
  Stock Options
 
     The following table summarizes stock option activity with respect to the
nonqualified stock options:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   WEIGHTED
                                              NUMBER           EXERCISE            AVERAGE
                                            OF SHARES         PRICE RANGE       EXERCISE PRICE
                                           ------------    ----------------     --------------
                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                   <C>           <C>                 <C>
        Outstanding, October 29, 1994....      1,690       $ 2.00 -- $ 9.00         $ 4.78
          Options granted................        223         8.50 --  25.69           9.39
          Options exercised..............       (320)        2.00 --  11.06           3.61
          Options canceled...............       (147)        2.10 --   8.81           7.91
                                               -----       ----------------         ------
        Outstanding, October 28, 1995....      1,446         2.00 --  25.69           5.44
          Options granted................        150        27.00 --  31.50          30.98
          Options exercised..............       (443)        2.00 --  11.06           3.92
          Options canceled...............        (45)        2.00 --  31.50           6.75
                                               -----       ----------------         ------
        Outstanding, October 26, 1996....      1,108         2.00 --  31.50           9.45
          Options granted................        265        45.31 --  67.00          48.52
          Options exercised..............       (261)        2.00 --  31.50           4.98
          Options canceled...............        (42)        2.00 --  51.88          19.68
                                               -----       ----------------         ------
        Outstanding, October 25, 1997....      1,070       $ 2.10 -- $67.00         $19.87
                                               =====       ================         ======
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at October 25, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     WEIGHTED
                                                                      AVERAGE
                                                                     REMAINING     WEIGHTED
                                                                     CONTRACT      AVERAGE
        RANGE OF                                       OPTIONS         LIFE        EXERCISE
        EXERCISE PRICES                              OUTSTANDING      (YEARS)       PRICE
        ---------------                              -----------     ---------     --------
        <S>                                          <C>             <C>           <C>
         2.10 --  3.15.............................      88,830         1.2         $ 2.60
         3.38 --  4.00.............................      97,595         2.6           3.73
         4.94 --  6.69.............................      83,120         4.2           5.15
         8.00 -- 12.00.............................     406,500         6.3           8.79
             17.19.................................       1,750         7.6          17.19
        27.00 -- 31.50.............................     136,975         7.9          30.93
        47.44 -- 67.00.............................     255,250         8.8          48.56
                                                      ---------                     ------
                                                      1,070,020                     $19.87
                                                      =========                     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options exercisable at
October 25, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 WEIGHTED
                                                                                 AVERAGE
                               RANGE OF                            OPTIONS       EXERCISE
                            EXERCISE PRICES                      EXERCISABLE      PRICE
        -------------------------------------------------------  -----------     --------
        <S>                                                      <C>             <C>
         2.10 --  3.15.........................................     88,830        $ 2.60
         3.38 --  4.00.........................................     82,755          3.68
         4.94 --  6.69.........................................     50,520          5.20
         8.00 -- 12.00.........................................    130,675          8.97
             17.19.............................................         --            --
        27.00 -- 31.50.........................................     17,220         29.85
        47.44 -- 67.00.........................................      9,000         46.02
                                                                   -------        ------
        Exercisable October 25, 1997...........................    379,000        $ 7.65
                                                                   =======        ======
        Exercisable October 26, 1996...........................    506,885        $ 4.52
                                                                   =======        ======
        Exercisable October 28, 1995...........................    830,516        $ 4.71
                                                                   =======        ======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has reserved as of October 25, 1997, a total of 2,005,270
shares of common stock for issuance under the nonqualified stock option plans
listed in the above charts. During fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, approximately
$287,000, $154,000 and $121,000, respectively, were charged against income as
compensation expense associated with the granting of these options.
 
     The Company has computed the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No.
123 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used, weighted
average information and the pro forma effect of applying SFAS No. 123 for the
years ended October 26, 1996 and October 25, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1996             1997
                                                                ------------     ------------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>
Risk-free interest rates....................................    6.20% -- 6.73%   6.20% -- 6.66%
Expected dividend yield.....................................         --               --
Expected lives..............................................     6.53 years       6.77 years
Expected volatility.........................................       43.6%            43.6%
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted
  during the period, net of an estimated termination rate of
  32.70%....................................................       $24.54           $26.51
Weighted average exercise price of options granted during
  the period, net of an estimated termination rate of
  32.70%....................................................       $45.26           $48.15
Weighted average remaining contractual life of options
  outstanding...............................................     8.92 years       8.66 years
Weighted average exercise price of 506,885 and 379,000
  options exercisable at October 26, 1996 and October 25,
  1997, respectively........................................       $4.52            $7.65
Pro forma net income (loss).................................      $31,802         $(37,088)
Pro forma net income (loss) per share.......................       $2.87           $(3.24)
</TABLE>
 
     The Company has the following nonqualified stock option plans:
 
  December 1985 Plan and December 1986 Plan
 
     The options under these plans are exercisable immediately, and have various
vesting periods up to 10 years according to each individual option agreement
with an expiration date no later than 10 years and 90 days from the date of
grant. Upon termination of employment under certain circumstances, the Company
may, at its option, repurchase the exercised but unvested shares at the original
purchase price. The Board of Directors has determined to make no further grants
under these plans.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  September 1990 Plan
 
     This plan provides for the granting of options at a price equal to the fair
market value at the date of grant. The options vest over periods of up to seven
years and become exercisable according to each option agreement, and they expire
no later than 10 years from the date of grant. The Board of Directors has
determined to make no further grants under this plan.
 
  December 1991 Director Plan
 
     This plan originally provided for the granting of options to purchase up to
150,000 shares of common stock at a price equal to the fair market value at the
date of grant. These options are exercisable ratably over a five-year period and
expire no later than seven years from the date of grant. This plan has been
amended to (i) increase the number of shares available to 300,000, (ii) provide
that any current non-employee director who had five years of service in such
capacity on February 26, 1997 be automatically granted, on such date and on each
anniversary of service thereafter, a vested option to purchase 3,000 shares and
(iii) provide that any current non-employee director who did not have five years
of service in such capacity on February 26, 1997 and any future non-employee
director each be automatically granted, on the date such non-employee director
achieves five years of service in such capacity and on each anniversary of
service thereafter, a vested option to purchase 3,000 shares.
 
  November 1995 Plan
 
     This plan provides for the granting of options to purchase up to 1,000,000
shares of common stock at a price equal to fair market value at the date of
grant. The options vest according to each option agreement and they expire no
later than 10 years from the date of grant.
 
  STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
 
     The Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan in August 1995 pursuant to
which the Company declared the distribution of one Common Stock Purchase Right
("Right") for each share of outstanding common stock. Under certain conditions,
each Right may be exercised for one share of common stock at an exercise price
of $130, subject to adjustment. Under circumstances defined in the Stockholder
Rights Plan, the Rights entitle holders to purchase stock having a value of
twice the exercise price of the Rights. Until they become exercisable, the
Rights are not transferable apart from the common stock. The Rights may be
redeemed by the Company at any time prior to the occurrence of certain events at
$.01 per Right. The Stockholder Rights Plan will expire on September 11, 2005,
unless the Rights are earlier redeemed by the Company.
 
(11) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
     The Hadco Corporation Retirement Plan (the "Plan"), as amended, covers all
employees with at least six months of continuous service, as defined. Annual
profit sharing contributions are determined at the discretion of the Board of
Directors but cannot exceed the amount allowable for federal income tax
purposes. The Company made profit sharing contributions of $2,285,000,
$3,335,000 and $4,016,000 to the Plan for the years ended October 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively.
 
     The Plan permits participants to elect to have contributions made to the
Plan in the form of reductions in salary under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code subject to limitations set out in the Plan. Under the Plan, the
Company will match employee contributions up to a set percentage. Employee
contributions become vested when made, and Company contributions become vested
at the rate of 33 1/3 for each year of service with the Company. The Company
matched employee contributions in the amount of approximately $600,000, $736,000
and $834,000 during fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(12) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The following summarized unaudited results of operations for the fiscal
quarters in the years ended October 1996 and 1997 have been accounted for using
generally accepted principles for interim reporting purposes and include
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that the Company
considers necessary for the fair presentation of results for these interim
periods.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996         1997
                                                                          -------     --------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER 
                                                                              SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>
First Fiscal Quarter --
  Net sales.............................................................  $76,481     $111,536
  Gross profit..........................................................   20,463       26,377
  Net income (loss).....................................................    7,191      (69,161)
  Net income (loss) per share...........................................      .65        (6.64)
  Weighted average shares outstanding...................................   11,104       10,413
Second Fiscal Quarter --
  Net sales.............................................................  $88,096     $180,662
  Gross profit..........................................................   22,951       38,463
  Net income............................................................    7,895        9,953
  Net income per share..................................................      .71          .91
  Weighted average shares outstanding...................................   11,135       10,956
Third Fiscal Quarter --
  Net sales.............................................................  $88,225     $183,274
  Gross profit..........................................................   22,419       39,254
  Net income............................................................    7,994       11,369
  Net income per share..................................................      .72          .93
  Weighted average shares outstanding...................................   11,100       12,254
Fourth Fiscal Quarter --
  Net sales.............................................................  $97,883     $173,233
  Gross profit..........................................................   24,623       37,298
  Net income............................................................    8,934       11,346
  Net income per share..................................................      .81          .84
  Weighted average shares outstanding...................................   11,008       13,528
</TABLE>
 
(13) CUSTOMERS
 
     During fiscal year 1995, no customer accounted for more than 7% of
consolidated net sales. During fiscal years 1996 and 1997, one customer
accounted for 15% of consolidated net sales. The Company's five largest
customers accounted for 28%, 34% and 34% of consolidated net sales during fiscal
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
(14) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     In December 1997, the Company completed an amendment and restatement of its
Credit Facility with BankBoston, N.A. as agent bank, and a 15 bank syndication.
The original Credit Facility was finalized in January 1997, for $250 million.
The amended and restated Credit Facility became effective December 9, 1997 and
provides for a line of credit up to $400 million. As of December 9, 1997, the
Company had $100 million borrowed under the original facility. The maturity of
the facility is January 2002, and was not changed in the amendment and
restatement. Changes to the original facility include increased limits on other
indebtedness as well as replacing the annual capital expenditures limitation
with a coverage ratio test. The Company expects to utilize this facility for
general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and
future acquisitions.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
ITEM 9.  DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
 
     Not applicable
 
                                    PART III
 
     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event whatsoever are
the sections entitled "Stock Performance Graph" and "Joint Stock Option and
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" to be incorporated by
reference herein from the Company's definitive proxy statement in connection
with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on March 4, 1998.
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     Certain information relating to directors and executive officers of the
Company is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's definitive proxy
statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
March 4, 1998, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company's
fiscal year ended October 25, 1997.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     Certain information relating to remuneration of directors and executive
officers and other transactions involving management is incorporated by
reference herein from the Company's definitive proxy statement in connection
with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on March 4, 1998, which proxy
statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later
than 120 days after the close of the Company's fiscal year ended October 25,
1997.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     Certain information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and management is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's
definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held on March 4, 1998, which proxy statement will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of
the Company's fiscal year ended October 25, 1997.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Certain information relating to certain relationships and related
transactions is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's definitive
proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
on March 4, 1998, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company's
fiscal year ended October 25, 1997.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (A) 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
     The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:
 
        Report of Independent Public Accountants.
 
        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended October 25,
        1997, October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
        Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 25, 1997 and October 26, 1996.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
        Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Investment for the years ended
        October 25, 1997, October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 25,
        1997, October 26, 1996 and October 28, 1995.
 
        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
2.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:
 
     The following consolidated financial statement schedules are included in
Item 14(b):
 
SCHEDULES
 
     II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
 
     Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted since they are
     either not required or the information is otherwise included.
 
3.  LISTING OF EXHIBITS:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- -------
<C>     <C>  <S>
    3.1  --  Restated Articles of Organization of Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the
             Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
    3.2  --  By-laws of Registrant, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration
             Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
      4  --  Description of Capital Stock, contained in Article 4 of Registrant's Restated
             Articles of Organization (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement No.
             333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
  *10.1  --  Registrant's December 5, 1986 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October
             25, 1986 and incorporated herein by reference).
  *10.3  --  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of Registrant, as amended through December 9, 1988
             and restated effective January 1, 1988 (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Annual Report on
             Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 29, 1988 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
   10.4  --  Indenture of Lease dated September 15, 1980 among Nash Family Investment
             Properties and Tamposi Family Investment Properties and CIII, as amended (filed as
             Exhibit 10.64 to Registration Statement No. 2-86810 on Form S-1 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
  *10.5  --  Registrant's December 6, 1985 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit
             10.56 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October
             26, 1985 and incorporated herein by reference).
   10.6  --  Form of Stock Option Agreement under Registrant's December 6, 1985 Non-Qualified
             Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No.
             0-12102, for the year ended October 31, 1987 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
   10.7  --  Amendment dated as of January 9, 1986 to Lease between Registrant and Lupe
             Burgstrom dated April 30, 1984 (filed as Exhibit 10.79 to Annual Report on Form
             10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 25, 1986 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
   10.8  --  Amendment dated as of January 9, 1986 to Lease between Registrant and Freedom
             Associates dated May 17, 1985 (filed as Exhibit 10.80 to Annual Report on Form
             10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 25, 1986 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
   10.9  --  Amendment dated as of March 7, 1986 to Lease between Registrant and Freedom
             Associates dated December 23, 1980 (filed as Exhibit 10.81 to Annual Report on
             Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 25, 1986 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- -------
<C>     <C>  <S>
 *10.12  --  Registrant's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of December 31, 1987 (filed as
             Exhibit 10.66 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year Ended
             October 31, 1987 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.13  --  Form of Stock Option Agreement under Registrant's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
             of December 31, 1987 (filed as Exhibit 10.67 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File
             No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 31, 1987 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.15  --  Lease dated July 15, 1988 between Registrant and C&M Associates I (filed as
             Exhibit 10.67 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended
             October 29, 1988 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.16  --  Registrant's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of September 7, 1990 (filed as
             Exhibit 10.67 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended
             October 27, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.17  --  Form of Stock Option Agreement under Registrant's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
             of September 7, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 10.68 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File
             No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 27, 1990 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
 *10.18  --  Amendment to Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of Registrant dated June 19, 1990
             (filed as Exhibit 10.75 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the
             year ended October 27, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.19  --  Loan Agreement by and between Registrant and New York State Urban Development
             Corporation ("NYSUDC"); Mortgage between Registrant and Tioga, Note between
             Registrant and NYSUDC; all dated as of April 10, 1991 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
             Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the quarter ended April 27,
             1991 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.20  --  Registrant's 1991 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (filed as
             Exhibit 1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the quarter
             ended May 2, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.21  --  Form of Stock Option Agreement under Registrant's 1991 Non-Employee Director Stock
             Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.82 to Annual Report on Form 10-K , File No.
             0-12102, for the year ended October 26, 1991 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.22  --  Lease dated March 1, 1992 between Registrant and Equity (filed as Exhibit 10.65 to
             Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 31, 1992
             and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.23  --  Amendment to Retirement Plan of Registrant dated March 10, 1993 (filed as Exhibit
             10.48 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October
             30, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.24  --  Amendment to Retirement Plan of Registrant dated September 10, 1993 (filed as
             Exhibit 10.49 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended
             October 30, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.25  --  Employment Agreement between Registrant and Andrew E. Lietz dated as of January
             21, 1994 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No.
             0-12102, for the quarter ended January 29, 1994 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.26  --  Amendment dated January 15, 1995 to Lease between Registrant and Nash Family
             Investment Properties and Tamposi Family Investment Properties and CIII (filed as
             Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the quarter
             ended January 28, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.27  --  Lease dated January 13, 1995 between Registrant and Nash Family Investment
             Properties and Ballinger Properties d/b/a Sagamore Industrial Properties (filed as
             Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the quarter
             ended January 28, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.28  --  Rights Agreement dated as of August 22, 1995 between the Registrant and the First
             National Bank of Boston (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, File
             No. 0-12102, dated August 22, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- -------
<C>     <C>  <S>
 *10.29  --  Agreement dated as of August 14, 1995 between the Registrant and Patrick Sweeney
             (filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for year
             ended October 28, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.33  --  Amendment to lease dated March 1, 1992 between Registrant and Equity Property
             Associates I (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No.
             0-12102, for the quarter ended April 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.34  --  Lease dated November 1, 1995 between Registrant and Equity Property Associates I
             (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the
             quarter ended April 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.35  --  Lease dated November 1, 1995 between Registrant and Equity Property Associates I
             (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 0-12102, for the
             quarter ended April 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.36  --  Amendment to lease dated March 1, 1992 between Registrant and Equity Property
             Associates I (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No.
             0-12102, for the quarter ended April 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.37  --  Revolving Credit Agreement dated July 10, 1996 between Registrant and The First
             National Bank of Boston (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q,
             File No. 0-12102, for the quarter ended July 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.38  --  Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 4, 1996 among the Registrant,
             Hadco Acquisition Corp. and Zycon Corporation (filed as Exhibit (c) (1) to the
             Schedule 14D-1 filed by the Registrant on December 11, 1996 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
  10.39  --  Stockholders Agreement dated December 4, 1996 among Registrant and the parties
             named therein filed as Exhibit (c) (2) to the Schedule 14D-1 (filed by the
             Registrant on December 11, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.40  --  Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 1997 between the Registrant and
             the First National Bank of Boston ("the Revolving Credit Agreement") (filed as
             Exhibit 10.40 to Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended
             October 26, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.41  --  Officer and Business Unit Manager Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Annual
             Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 26, 1996 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.42  --  Executive Incentive Compensation Deferred Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to
             Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 0-12102, for the year ended October 26, 1996
             and incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.43  --  Amended and Restated 1991 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan of Registrant as
             of December 3, 1996.
 *10.44  --  Amendments to Retirement Plan of Registrant dated September 15, 1997.
  10.45  --  Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 1997
             between the Registrant and BankBoston, N.A.
  10.46  --  Leases for premises located at 435-445 El Camino Real, Santa Clara, California, by
             and between Zycon Corporation and University Research Center and addenda thereto
             dated March 1, 1988; July 8, 1988; February 27, 1989; August 30, 1989; May 19,
             1993; and August 9, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement No.
             333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.47  --  Provisional Lease dated November 14, 1995 for the premises located at the Muara
             Tebas Land of Kuching East Malaysia by and between Sudarsono Osman and Zycon
             Corporation Sendirian Berhad (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement
             No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.48  --  Construction Agreement dated August 3, 1995 by and between Zycon Corporation and
             Hiti Engineering Sdn.Bhd. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement No.
             333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
- -------
<C>     <C>  <S>
  10.49  --  Facilities Agreement dated February 9, 1996 by and among Zycon Corporation
             Sdn.Bhd., Bank Bumiputra Malaysia Berhad and BBMB Kewangan Berhad (filed as
             Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
  10.50  --  Corporate Guarantee dated February 9, 1996 issued by Zycon Corporation in favor of
             Bank Bumiputra Malaysia Berhad and BBMB Kewangan Berhad (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to
             the Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.51  --  Lease for the three acre premises located in Santa Clara, California by and
             between Zycon Corporation and Sobrato Interests III, dated January 4, 1996 (filed
             as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and
             incorporated herein by reference).
 *10.52  --  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of Registrant, as amended and restated effective
             January 1, 1988 and as amended June 20, 1990 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the
             Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by
             reference).
  10.53  --  First Amendment and Modification Agreement by and among the Registrant and The
             First National Bank of Boston (the "Bank of Boston") dated as of February 27, 1997
             amending the Revolving Credit Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration
             Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated herein by reference).
  10.54  --  Form of Assignment and Acceptance to Revolving Credit Agreement (filed as Exhibit
             10.9 to the Registration Statement No. 333-21977 on Form S-3 and incorporated
             herein by reference).
     11  --  Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
     21  --  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
     24  --  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
     27  --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
(*) Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or
arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c).
 
(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     None
 
(C) EXHIBITS
 
     The Company hereby files as part of this Form 10-K the exhibits listed in
Item 14(a)(3) above. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Room 1024, Washington, D.C., and at the
Commission's regional offices at 219 South Dearborn Street, Room 1204, Chicago,
Illinois; 26 Federal Plaza, Room 1102, New York, New York and 5757 Wilshire
Boulevard, Suite 1710, Los Angeles, California. Copies of such material can also
be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.
 
(D) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     The Company hereby files as part of this Form 10-K in Item 14(b) attached
hereto the consolidated financial statement schedules listed in Item 14(a)(2)
above.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirement of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                          HADCO CORPORATION
 
                                          By:      /s/ ANDREW E. LIETZ
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                 Andrew E. Lietz, President
                                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Dated: January 9, 1998
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                                TITLE                            DATE
- ------------------------------    ----------------------------------------    -----------------
<C>                               <S>                                         <C>
   /s/ HORACE H. IRVINE II        Chairman of the Board and Director           January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
    (Horace H. Irvine II)
 
     /s/ ANDREW E. LIETZ          President, Chief Executive Officer and       January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------    Director (Principal Executive Officer)
      (Andrew E. Lietz)
 
     /s/ TIMOTHY P. LOSIK         Senior Vice President, Treasurer and         January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------    Chief Financial Officer (Principal
      (Timothy P. Losik)          Financial Officer and Principal
                                  Accounting Officer)
 
     /s/ J. STANLEY HILL          Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
      (J. Stanley Hill)
 
      /s/ OLIVER O. WARD          Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
       (Oliver O. Ward)
 
     /s/ PATRICK SWEENEY          Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
      (Patrick Sweeney)
 
    /s/ LAWRENCE COOLIDGE         Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
     (Lawrence Coolidge)
 
      /s/ JOHN F. SMITH           Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
       (John F. Smith)
 
     /s/ JOHN E. POMEROY          Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
      (John E. Pomeroy)
 
     /s/ JAMES C. TAYLOR          Director                                     January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------
      (James C. Taylor)
</TABLE>
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                       HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   BALANCE      ADDITIONS
                                                     AT         CHARGED TO     DEDUCTIONS      BALANCE AT
                                                  BEGINNING     COSTS AND         FROM           END OF
                                                  OF PERIOD      EXPENSES      RESERVES(1)       PERIOD
                                                  ---------     ----------     -----------     ----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
  October 28, 1995..............................   $   725          277            (152)         $  850
  October 26, 1996..............................   $   850          329             (79)         $1,100
  October 25, 1997..............................   $ 1,100          922            (322)         $1,700
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts deemed uncollectible.
 
                                       S-1

<PAGE>   1
                                                           EXHIBIT 10.43 TO 10-K

                              HADCO CORPORATION

                 1991 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

                              DECEMBER 12, 1991
            AS AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON MARCH 4, 1992
              AS AMENDED AND RESTATED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                             ON DECEMBER 3, 1996

     1. Purpose. This Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan to be known as the 1991
Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (hereinafter, the "Plan") is intended to
promote the interests of Hadco Corporation (hereinafter, the "Company") by
providing an inducement to obtain and retain the services of qualified persons
who are neither employees nor officers of the Company to serve as members of the
Board of Directors and to demonstrate the Company's appreciation for their
service upon the Company's Board of Directors.

     2. Rights to be Granted. Under this Plan, options are granted that give an
Optionee the right for a specified time period to purchase a specified number of
shares of Common Stock, par value $0.05, of the Company. The option price is
determined in each instance in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

     3. Available Shares. The total number of shares of Common Stock, par value
$0.05, of the Company, for which options may be granted shall not exceed three
hundred thousand (300,000) shares subject to adjustment in accordance with
Section 13 of this Plan. Shares subject to the Plan are authorized but unissued
shares or shares that were once issued and subsequently reacquired by the
Company. If any options granted under the Plan are surrendered before exercise
or lapse without exercise, in whole or in part, the shares reserved therefor
revert to the option pool and continue to be available under the Plan.

     4. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Stock Option
Committee of the Company (the "Committee"). The Committee shall, subject to the
provisions of the Plan and Section 17 in particular, have the power to construe
the Plan, to determine all questions thereunder, and to adopt and amend such
rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan as it may deem
desirable.

     5. Option Agreement. Each option granted under the provisions of this Plan
shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement, in such form as may be approved by
the Committee, which Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered on behalf of
the Company and by the Optionee to whom such option is granted. The Agreement
shall contain such terms, provisions, and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Committee.


<PAGE>   2

     6. Eligibility and Limitations. Options may be granted pursuant to this
Plan only to non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company who
are not officers of the Company who also meet the other criteria as provided in
Section 8 below.

     7. Option Price. The purchase price of the stock covered by an option
granted pursuant to this Plan shall be 100% of the fair market value of such
shares on the day the option is granted. The option price will be subject to
adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 13 of this Plan. For
purposes of this Plan, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on any
day shall be the mean between the high and low sale price of such share on the
last day preceding the date of option grant as quoted on the NASDAQ National
Market System, or if there were no such trades on such day the mean between the
high and low sale price of such share on the NASDAQ National Market System on
the last preceding day on which it was traded.

     8. Automatic Grant of Options. (a) Each member of the Company's Board of
Directors who is neither an employee nor an officer of the Company
("Non-Employee Director") and is currently a member of the Board of Directors on
December 12, 1991 will be automatically granted on December 12, 1991, and each
person who is not a member of the Company's Board of Directors on December 12,
1991 and in the future is elected for the first time as a Non-Employee Director
will be automatically granted on the date his or her Board membership first
commences, without further action in either such case by the Board, an option to
purchase fifteen thousand (15,000) shares of the Company's Common Stock (subject
to appropriate adjustment for any recapitalization, reclassification, stock
split, stock dividend or similar event). Anything in this Plan to the contrary
notwithstanding, the effectiveness of this Plan and of the grant of all options
hereunder is in all respects subject to, and this Plan and options granted under
it shall be of no force and effect unless and until, and no option granted
hereunder shall in any way vest or become exercisable in any respect unless and
until, the occurrence of approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Company's shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote at a meeting of shareholders at which the Plan is presented for approval.
In the event that such approval as aforesaid has not been received on or before
June 30, 1992, then in such event this Plan and any options granted hereunder
shall be null and void, and upon the occurrence of such approval as aforesaid,
the Plan and such options shall become effective as of the date of the
Directors' approval of the Plan.

     (b) Each Non-Employee Director who is currently a member of the Board of
Directors on February 26, 1997 and who then has five years of service in such
capacity will be automatically granted on February 26, 1997 and on each
anniversary of service in such capacity thereafter, without further action by
the Board, an option to purchase three thousand (3,000) shares of the Company's
Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, stock dividend or similar event). Each Non-
Employee Director who is currently a member of the Company's Board of Directors
on February 26, 1997 and who does not then have at least five years of service
in such capacity but who subsequently achieves five years of service in such



<PAGE>   3

capacity, and each person who in the future is elected for the first time as a
Non-Employee Director and subsequently achieves five years of service in such
capacity, will each be automatically granted on the date of his or her fifth
anniversary of service in such capacity and on each anniversary of service in
such capacity thereafter, without further action by the Board, an option to
purchase three thousand (3,000) shares of the Company's Common Stock (subject to
appropriate adjustment for any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split,
stock dividend or similar event). All options granted in this Section 8(b),
together with any options granted under Section 8(a) above, shall be the sole
options ever to be granted at any time under this Plan to any such current
Non-Employee Directors and to any such future Non-Employee Directors. Anything
in this Section 8(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, the effectiveness of this
Section 8(b) is in all respects subject to, and this Section 8(b) shall be of no
force and effect unless and until, the occurrence of approval of this Section
8(b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Company's shares present in
person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders at which
this Section 8(b) is presented for approval. In the event that such approval as
aforesaid has not been received on or before February 26, 1997, then in such
event, this Section 8(b) shall be null and void, and upon the occurrence of such
approval as aforesaid, this Section 8(b) shall become effective as of the date
of the Directors' approval of this Section 8(b).

     (c) Except for the specific options referred to above no other option shall
be granted under this Plan.

     9. Period of Option. Options granted hereunder shall expire on a date which
is seven (7) years after the date of grant of the options.

     10. Exercise of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan
and the Option Agreement, an option granted hereunder shall, to the extent then
exercisable, be exercisable in whole or in part by giving written notice to the
Company by mail or in person addressed to Treasurer, Hadco Corporation, 12A
Manor Parkway, Salem, New Hampshire 03079, stating the number of shares with
respect to which the option is being exercised, accompanied by payment in full
for such shares, which payment may be in whole or in part in shares of the
Common Stock of the Company already owned by the person or persons exercising
the option, valued at fair market value determined in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7; provided, however, that there shall be no such exercise
at any one time as to fewer than one hundred (100) shares or all of the
remaining shares then purchasable by the person or persons exercising the
option, if fewer than one hundred (100) shares. A copy of such notice shall be
provided to Berlin, Hamilton & Dahmen, LLP, 73 Tremont Street, Boston,
Massachusetts 02108, or to such other counsel as the Company may hereafter
designate, and to the First National Bank of Boston, Shareholder Services
Division, Post Office Box 1865, Boston, Massachusetts 02105, or to such other
Stock Transfer Agent as the Company may hereafter designate. The Transfer Agent
shall, on behalf of the Company, prepare a certificate or certificates
representing such shares acquired pursuant to exercise of the option, shall
register the Optionee as the owner of such shares on the books of the Company
and shall cause the



<PAGE>   4

fully executed certificate(s) representing such shares to be delivered to the
Optionee as soon as practicable after payment of the option price in full. The
holder of an option shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect to
the shares covered by the option, except to the extent that one or more
certificates for such shares shall be delivered to him upon the due exercise of
the option. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, an option granted
hereunder may, to the extent in compliance with applicable law, be exercised by
payment in accordance with a cashless exercise program under which, if so
instructed by the holder of the option, shares of Common Stock may be issued
directly to the broker or dealer of the holder of the option upon receipt by the
Company of the purchase price of the Common Stock covered by such option in cash
or check from the broker or dealer, and except to the extent modified by this
sentence, the exercise will comply with, and be subject to, all the other
provisions of this Section 10.

     11. Vesting of Shares and Non-Transferability of Options.

     (a) Vesting of Options Granted under Section 8(a) of Plan. Options granted
under Section 8(a) of this Plan shall vest (i.e., become exercisable) in the
Optionee and thus become exercisable, in accordance with the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF SHARES
            FOR WHICH OPTION IS EXERCISABLE                         DATE OF VESTING
            -----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
            <S>                                         <C>
            1/5 of total Option Shares...............   At the date of approval of the Plan by
                                                        the shareholders of the Company (all as
                                                        described in Section 8). In the event
                                                        such approval has been received by the
                                                        date of grant of the option then at said
                                                        date of grant of option.
            2/5 of total Option Shares...............   1 year anniversary of the date of the grant
                                                        of option.
            3/5 of total Option Shares...............   2 year anniversary of the date of the grant
                                                        of option.
            4/5 of total Option Shares...............   3 year anniversary of the date of the grant
                                                        of option.
            100% of total Option Shares..............   4 year anniversary of the date of the grant
                                                        of option.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5

Upon any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or upon
any merger, consolidation or tender offer in respect of which the stockholders
holding all of the Company's outstanding voting securities immediately prior to
the consummation thereof hold less than 50% of all of the Company's outstanding
voting securities immediately after such consummation (each of the foregoing
sale, merger, consolidation or tender offer hereinafter called an
"Acquisition"), then the date upon which all then outstanding options granted
under Section 8(a) of this Plan become fully vested and exercisable shall be
automatically accelerated to occur immediately prior to the consummation of such
Acquisition; provided, however, that any such then outstanding options which are
not thereupon exercised in full immediately prior to the consummation of such
Acquisition shall thereupon terminate.

     (b) Vesting of Options Granted under Section 8(b) of Plan. Options granted
under Section 8(b) of this Plan shall vest (i.e., become exercisable) in the
Optionee immediately upon grant. Any then outstanding options which are not
thereupon exercised in full immediately prior to the consummation of an
Acquisition shall thereupon terminate.

     (c) Accumulation. The number of shares as to which the option may be
exercised shall be cumulative, so that once the option shall become exercisable
as to any shares it shall continue to be exercisable as to said shares, until
expiration or termination of the option as provided in the Plan.

     (d) Legend on Certificates. The certificates representing such shares shall
carry such appropriate legend, and such written instructions shall be given to
the Company's Transfer Agent, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by Counsel
to the Company in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933 or any state securities laws.

     (e) Non-transferability. Any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not
be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by
him.

     12. Termination of Option Rights.

     (a) In the event an Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company for any reason other than death or disability, any then
unexercised options granted to such Optionee shall, to the extent not then
exercisable, immediately terminate and become void, and any options which are
then exercisable but have not been exercised at the time the Optionee so ceases
to be a member of the Board of Directors may be exercised, to the extent they
are then exercisable, by the Optionee within a period of ten (10) days following
such time the Optionee so ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors, but
in no event later than the expiration date of the option.


<PAGE>   6

     (b) In the event that an Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company by reason of his or her disability or death, any option
granted to such Optionee shall be immediately and automatically accelerated and
become fully vested and all unexercised options shall be exercisable by the
Optionee (or by the Optionee's personal representative, heir or legatee, in the
event of death) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the
date the Optionee so ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors, but in no
event later than the expiration date of the option.

     13. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization and Other Matters. In the
event that the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Company are changed
into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities
of the Company or of another corporation by reason of any reorganization,
merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification, or in the event of
a stock split, combination of shares or dividends payable in capital stock,
automatic appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares
as to which outstanding options or portions thereof then unexercised shall be
exercisable and in the available shares set forth in Section 3 above. Such
adjustment in outstanding options shall be made without change in the total
price applicable to the unexercised portion of such options and with a
corresponding adjustment in the option price per share.

     If an option hereunder shall be assumed, or a new option substituted
therefor, as a result of sale of the Company, whether by a corporate merger,
consolidation or sale of property or stock, then membership on the Board of
Directors of such assuming or substituting corporation (hereinafter called the
"Successor Corporation") or by a parent corporation or a subsidiary therefor
shall be considered for purposes of an option to be membership on the Board of
Directors of the Company.

     14. Restrictions on Issuance of Shares. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Sections 8 and 10 of the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver
any certificate or certificates upon exercise of an option until one of the
following conditions shall be satisfied:

          (i) The shares with respect to which the option has been exercised are
     at the time of the issue of such shares effectively registered under
     applicable Federal and State securities acts as now in force or hereafter
     amended; or

          (ii) Counsel for the Company shall have given an opinion that such
     shares are exempt from registration under Federal and State securities acts
     as now in force or hereafter amended; and until the Company has complied
     with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation all
     regulations required by any stock exchange upon which the Company's
     outstanding Common Stock is then listed.

     The Company shall use its best efforts to bring about compliance with the
above conditions within a reasonable time, except that the Company shall be
under no obligation to cause a registration statement or a post-effective
amendment to any



<PAGE>   7

registration statement to be prepared at its expense solely for the purpose of
covering the issue of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised.

     15. Representation of Optionee. The Company shall require the Optionee to
deliver written warranties and representations upon exercise of the option that
are necessary to show compliance with Federal and State securities laws
including to the effect that a purchase of shares under the option is made for
investment and not with a view to their distribution (as that term is used in
the Securities Act of 1933).

     16. Approval of Stockholders. The effectiveness of this Plan and of the
grant of all options hereunder is in all respects subject to approval by the
Company's shareholders, all as more fully set forth in Section 8 above.

     17. Termination and Amendment of Plan. The Board may at any time terminate
the Plan or make such modification or amendment thereof as it deems advisable,
provided, however, that the Board may not, without approval by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the securities of the Company present, or
represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with the
applicable laws of the state in which the Company is incorporated, (i)
materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan; (ii)
materially increase the number of shares for which options may be granted under
the Plan; or (iii) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan. In no event may any provision of this Plan specified
in Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(ii)(A) (or any successor or amended provision thereof) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including, without limitation, provisions
as to eligibility and who may participate in the Plan, the amount and price of
shares for which options may be granted or the timing of awards), be amended
more than once every six months, other than to comport with changes in the
internal Revenue Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules
thereunder. Termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not,
without consent of a participant, affect his rights under an option previously
granted to him.



<PAGE>   1
                                                           EXHIBIT 10.44 to 10-K

                                  AMENDMENTS TO
                        HADCO CORPORATION RETIREMENT PLAN


         The following amendments to the HADCO CORPORATION RETIREMENT PLAN were
adopted by the Board of Directors of HADCO CORPORATION on September 15, 1997,
effective as stated:

1.       Effective as of October 1, 1997, Section 1.12 of the Plan is amended to
         read as follows:

"1.12    EARLY RETIREMENT DATE shall mean the date the Participant attains age
         fifty-five (55) and completes seven (7) Years of Service."

2.       Effective as of January 1, 1997, Section 1.14 of the Plan is amended by
         adding the following new paragraph thereto:

         "Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if a group of individuals
         would otherwise become Employees within the meaning of this Section
         1.14 as a result of an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other
         similar transaction occurring on or after January 1, 1997, such
         individuals shall not become Employees hereunder until the date the
         Board of Directors of the Employer affirmatively votes to include such
         group in the Plan."

3.       Effective as of January 1, 1997, Section 1.24 of the Plan is amended to
         read as follows:

"1.24    HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE shall mean, for Plan Years beginning on or
         after January 1, 1997, an Employee who performs services for the
         Employer during the determination year and (a) was a five percent owner
         at any time during the determination year or the look-back year or (b)
         received 414(q) Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000.00
         for the look-back year and was in the top-paid group of Employees for
         such look-back year.

         For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 1996, Highly
         Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee who performs services for
         the Employer during the determination year and is in one or more of the
         following groups:

         (a)   Employees who were five percent owners of the Employer at any
               time during the look-back year or the determination year;

         (b)   Employees who received 414(q) Compensation during the look-back
               year in excess of $75,000.00;

         (c)   Employees who received 414(q) Compensation during the look-back
               year in excess of $50,000.00 and who were in the top paid group
               for the look-back year;


<PAGE>   2
                                     - 2 -



         (d)   Employees who were officers of the Employer during the look-back
               year and who received 414(q) Compensation during the look-back
               year in excess of 50% of the limit in effect under Section
               415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for that year; and

         (e)   Employees who were in the group of the one hundred Employees who
               received the most 414(q) Compensation from the Employer during
               the determination year and are also described in any of
               paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) above when those paragraphs are
               modified to substitute the determination year for the look-back
               year.

         Highly Compensated Employee shall also include any former Employee who
         separated from service prior to the determination year and who was an
         active Highly Compensated Employee in the year of separation or in any
         determination year after attaining age 55, except as provided in the
         following sentence. A former Employee who separated from service prior
         to 1987 shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employee only if during
         the separation year, the year preceding the separation year, the last
         year ending before the Employee's 55th birthday, or any year after the
         Employee attained age 55, the Employee was a five percent owner or
         received 414(q) Compensation in excess of $50,000.00.

         The following rules apply for purposes of this definition:

         The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is
         being performed. The "look-back year" shall be the twelve-month period
         immediately preceding the determination year.

         Each Employee who is, on any day during a determination year or
         look-back year ending on or before December 31, 1996, a Family Member
         of either a five percent owner who is an active or former Employee or a
         Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the ten most highly
         compensated Employees, ranked on the basis of 414(q) Compensation paid
         by the Employer during such year, shall be aggregated with the five
         percent owner or top ten Highly Compensated Employee. In such case, the
         Family Members and five percent owner or top ten Highly Compensated
         Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving compensation
         and plan contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such
         compensation, contributions or benefits of the Family Member and five
         percent owner or top ten Highly Compensated Employee.

         The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including
         the determination of Employees who are five percent owners, the number
         and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, the top one hundred
         Employees, the number of Employees treated as officers, and the
         compensation that is considered (including adjustments by the Secretary
         of the Treasury for cost of living changes), will be made in accordance
         with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder."

4.       Effective as of January 1, 1997, Section 1.28 of the Plan is amended to
         read as follows:

<PAGE>   3

                                     - 3 -


"1.28    LEASED EMPLOYEE shall mean any individual (other than an Employee) who,
         pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person
         (referred to as the "leasing organization") has performed services for
         the Employer on a substantially full time basis for a period of at
         least one year, if such services are performed under the primary
         direction or control of the Employer. Contributions or benefits
         provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are
         attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as
         provided by the Employer.

         A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee if: (a) such
         individual is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a
         nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent of
         compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including
         amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
         excludable from the employee's gross income under Code Sections 125,
         402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), (ii) immediate participation, and (iii)
         full and immediate vesting; and (b) Leased Employees do not constitute
         more than 20 percent of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees of the
         Employer."

5.       Effective October 1, 1997, Section 1.43 of the Plan is amended to read
         as follows:

"1.43    QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY generally shall mean an annuity
         for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of
         his spouse which is equal to two-thirds of the annuity payable during
         the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse, and which is the
         actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity for the life of the
         Participant. For benefits payable from account balances originally
         accrued under the Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan,
         QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY shall mean an annuity for the life
         of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse
         which is equal to fifty percent (50%) of the annuity payable during the
         joint lives of the Participant and his spouse, and which is the
         actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity for the life of the
         Participant."

6.       Effective October 1, 1997, Section 1.51 of the Plan shall be amended by
         adding the following sentence thereto:

         "For purposes of crediting Years of Service under this Plan, an
         individual who becomes an Employee as a result of an asset or stock
         acquisition, merger or other similar transaction shall receive credit
         for service with his prior employer who was a party to such
         transaction."

7.       Effective October 1, 1997, Section 2.01 of the Plan shall be amended by
         adding the following new paragraph thereto:

         "For purposes of determining eligibility to participate in this Plan,
         an individual who becomes an Employee as a result of an asset or stock
         acquisition, merger or other similar transaction shall receive credit
         for service with his prior employer who was a party to such
         transaction."


<PAGE>   4
                                     - 4 -



8.       Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, Section
         3.01 of the Plan is amended to provide that the Employer's Profit
         Sharing Contributions shall be allocated based upon Compensation
         received during the Fiscal Year rather than during the Plan Year.
         Accordingly, the last paragraph of Section 3.01 is amended to read as
         follows:

         "The Profit Sharing Contribution for each Fiscal Year shall be paid to
         the Trustee as soon as practicable after the end of the Fiscal Year,
         but in any event not later than the due date for the Employer's federal
         income tax return for such Fiscal Year, including extensions. If no
         Profit Sharing contribution is to be made for a particular Fiscal Year,
         the Employer shall so notify the Trustee within sixty (60) days after
         the end of such Fiscal Year. Profit Sharing Contributions shall be
         allocated to the Profit Sharing Accounts of those Participants who
         shall have received any 401(k) Compensation during such Fiscal Year and
         who are employed on the last day of the Fiscal Year. Such contribution
         shall be allocated according to the ratio that each such Participant's
         401(k) Compensation for the Fiscal Year bears to the total 401(k)
         Compensation of all such Participants for the Fiscal Year. For
         individuals who have become Participants during the 1997 Fiscal Year as
         a result of an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar
         transaction, the 401(k) Compensation to be taken into account hereunder
         for said Fiscal Year shall be 401(k) Compensation received during the
         period from January 1, 1997 through October 25, 1997 from the Employer
         or from the individual's prior employer who was a party to the
         transaction."

9.       Effective January 1, 1997, Section 3.06 of the Plan is amended to
         permit the Plan to accept Rollover Contributions in the form of a
         participant note for a plan loan assigned directly from another
         qualified plan or trust. Accordingly, Section 3.06 is amended to read
         as follows:

         "An Employee may, with the consent of the Plan Administrator and the
         Trustee, contribute to the Trust a participant note for a plan loan or
         cash as a Rollover Contribution from another qualified plan or trust or
         an individual retirement account or annuity in accordance with Sections
         402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3) of the Code and the regulations
         thereunder. A participant note for a plan loan must be assigned to the
         Trust directly from the other qualified plan or trust. The Plan
         Administrator or Trustee shall maintain a separate Rollover Account
         under the Trust for each Employee who has made a Rollover Contribution.
         All such Rollover Contributions and the investments thereon shall
         immediately become and at all times remain fully vested in the
         Employee. Rollover contributions shall not be taken into consideration
         in determining the limitations set forth in Section 3.09."

10.      Effective January 1, 1997, Section 3.09(b) is amended to eliminate the
         family aggregation rules. Accordingly, the fourth paragraph of said
         Section which begins with the phrase "For purposes of the ADP Tests
         under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. . ." is amended by inserting the
         phrase "For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 1996," at the
         beginning thereof.


<PAGE>   5
                                     - 5 -



11.      Effective January 1, 1997, Section 3.10(b) is amended to eliminate the
         family aggregation rules. Accordingly, the fourth paragraph of said
         Section which begins with the phrase "For purposes of the ACP Tests
         under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. . ." is amended by inserting the
         phrase "For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 1996," at the
         beginning thereof.

12.      Effective January 1, 1997, Section 3.10(c) is amended by inserting the
         phrase "For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 1996" at the
         beginning of the second sentence of the paragraph (ii) thereof, and by
         inserting the following as the last sentence of said paragraph (ii):

         "For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, any distribution
         of excess contributions for any Plan Year shall be made to Highly
         Compensated Employees on the basis of the amount of contributions by,
         or on behalf of, each of such Employees."

13.      Effective January 1, 1997, Section 3.10(d) is amended by inserting the
         phrase "For Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 1996" at the
         beginning of the second sentence of the first paragraph thereof, and by
         inserting the following as the third sentence of said paragraph:

         "For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, any distribution
         of excess aggregate contributions for any Plan Year shall be made to
         Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the amount of
         contributions by, or on behalf of, each of such Employees."

14.      Effective October 1, 1997, Section 6.01(b) of the Plan is amended by
         adding the following sentence thereto:

         "For benefits payable from account balances originally accrued under
         the Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan prior to October 1,
         1997, the Plan benefit to be distributed to a Participant shall be paid
         in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity."

15.      Effective October 1, 1997, Section 6.01(c) of the Plan is amended and a
         new Section 6.01(d) is added to read as follows:

         "(c)  For benefits accrued prior to July 1, 1996 (or, with respect to
               account balances originally accrued under the Zycon Corporation
               Profit sharing 401(k) Plan, for benefits accrued prior to 
               October 1, 1997), if a Participant elects to waive a benefit in
               the form described in paragraph (b) above, in accordance with the
               election procedures described in Section 6.04 below, he may
               choose to receive a benefit in any one of the following forms or
               in a combination of any of the following forms:

               (i)   a single sum cash distribution equal to the total amount
                     contained in his Participant Account;


<PAGE>   6
                                     - 6 -



               (ii)  An annuity for the life of the Participant;

               (iii) A contingent annuitant annuity;

               (iv)  A year certain and life annuity; or

               (v)   A full cash refund annuity.

         (d)   For benefits accrued on or after July 1, 1996 (or, with respect
               to account balances originally accrued under the Zycon
               Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, for benefits accrued on
               or after October 1, 1997), a Participant may choose to receive a
               benefit in either of the following forms or in a combination of
               the following forms:

               (i)   A single sum cash distribution equal to the total amount
                     contained in his Participant Account;

               (ii)  Payments in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual cash
                     installments over a period certain extending not longer
                     than the Participant's life expectancy (or the life
                     expectancy of the Participant and his designated
                     beneficiary) based upon the total value of his
                     Participant's Account."

16.      Effective October 1, 1997, Section 6.03(b) is amended by adding the
         following sentence thereto:

         "For benefits payable from account balances originally accrued under
         the Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan prior to October 1,
         1997, unless otherwise elected as provided in Section 6.04 below, the
         Plan benefit to be distributed to the spouse of a Participant who is
         married and who dies before benefits have commenced shall be paid in
         the form of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity."

17.      Effective October 1, 997, Section 6.03(c) is amended to read as
         follows:

         "If a Participant or his spouse elects to waive a benefit in the form
         of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity in accordance with the
         election procedures described in Section 6.04 below, or if the
         Participant's is not married or has not been married for the one-year
         period ending on the date of the Participant's death, or if the value
         of the Participant's Account is $3,500.00 or less for benefits accrued
         on or after July 1, 1996 (or, for benefits accrued under the Zycon
         Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, benefits accrued on or after
         October 1, 1997), the Plan benefit to be distributed in the event of a
         Participant's death to or for the benefit of his Beneficiary shall be
         paid in a single sum cash distribution as soon as administratively
         feasible following the date the Plan Administrator receives notice of
         the Participant's death. For Plan Years beginning on or after
         January 1, 1998, the $3,500.00 dollar limit stated above shall be
         changed to $5,000.00."




<PAGE>   7
                                     - 7 -



18.      Effective October 1, 1997, the opening paragraph of Section 6.04(a) of
         the Plan is amended to read as follows:

         "For any Participant whose Participant Account includes benefits
         accrued on or before June 30, 1996 (or, for benefits accrued under the
         Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, benefits accrued on or
         before September 30, 1997), within a reasonable time before or after
         the Participant's annuity starting date consistent with regulations of
         the Secretary of the Treasury, the Plan Administrator shall notify the
         Participant in writing of:"

19.      Effective October 1, 1997, the first sentence of Section 6.04(b) of the
         Plan is amended by inserting the phrase "(or, for benefits accrued
         under the Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, benefits
         accrued on or before September 30, 1997)" after the Words "June 30,
         1996".

20.      Effective October 1, 1997, Section 6.04(e) of the Plan is amended to
         read as follows:

         "The election to waive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be
         made within the ninety (90) day period ending on the date the
         Participant's benefits would commence or, if later, no sooner than
         thirty (30) days from the date the written notice described in this
         section was given; provided, however, that a distribution cannot be
         made sooner than thirty (30) days from the date such notice was given
         unless the Participant (and, if applicable, the Participant's spouse)
         consents and the distribution commences at least seven (7) days after
         the date of such notice. Any consent shall satisfy such requirements as
         may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury."

21.      Effective January 1, 1998, Section 6.06 of the Plan shall be amended by
         adding the following sentence thereto:

         "For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, the $3,500.00
         dollar limit stated above shall be changed to $5,000.00."

22.      Effective October 1, 1997, the second paragraph of Section 7.01 of the
         Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

         "Any election to receive a lump sum distribution of a Participant's
         vested interest in his Participant's Account must be made by notice to
         the Plan Administrator. If any portion of the Participant's Account was
         accrued on or before June 30, 1996 (or, for benefits originally accrued
         under the Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, or on before
         September 30, 1997) and if the Participant is married, the spouse of
         the Participant must consent to any lump sum distribution in excess of
         $3,500.00. The spouse's consent must be in writing and must acknowledge
         the effect of the election. The spouse's signature must be witnessed by
         a Plan representative or a notary public."

23.      Effective January 1, 1998, Section 7.01 of the Plan shall be amended by
         adding the following sentence to the end of the third paragraph
         thereof;

<PAGE>   8
                                     - 8 -



         "For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, the $3,500.00
         dollar limit stated herein shall be changed to $5,000.00."

24.      Effective October 1, 1997, Section 9.03(a) of the Plan shall be amended
         to read as follows:

         "(a)  The Plan Administrator shall create and maintain adequate records
               to disclose the interest in this Plan of each Participant and
               Beneficiary. Such records shall be in the form of individual
               accounts, including Profit Sharing Accounts, 401(k) Accounts,
               Matching Contributions Accounts, After-Tax Contributions Accounts
               and Rollover Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall segregate
               account balances accrued under this Plan on or before June 30,
               1996 from account balances accrued after June 30, 1996. The Plan
               Administrator shall segregate account balances accrued under the
               Zycon Corporation Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan on or before
               September 30, 1997 from account balances accrued after 
               September 30, 1997."

25.      Effective as of January 1, 1997, Section 10.07(c) of the Plan is
         amended to read as follows:

         "(c)  The entire interest of a Participant either:

               (i)   will be distributed to him not later than the required
                     beginning date, as defined below, or

               (ii)  will be distributed, commencing not later than such
                     required beginning date, (A) in accordance with regulations
                     prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, over the life
                     of such Participant or over the lives of such Participant
                     and a designated beneficiary or (B) in accordance with such
                     regulations, over a period not extending beyond the life
                     expectancy of such Participant or the life expectancy of
                     such Participant and a designed beneficiary.

               As used herein, for Plan Years ending on or before December 31,
               1996, the term "required beginning date" means April 1, of the
               calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. For
               Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the term
               "required beginning date" means April 1 or the calendar year
               following the later of (I) the calendar year in which the
               Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (II) the calendar year in which
               the Participant retires; provided, however, that clause (II)
               shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a five
               percent owner with respect to the Plan Year in which he attains
               age 70 1/2. In the case of a Participant to whom clause (II)
               applies who retires in a calendar year after the calendar year in
               which he attains age 70 1/2. In the case of a Participant to whom
               clause (II) applies who retires in a calendar year after the
               calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2, the Participant's
               accrued benefit shall be actuarially increased to take into
               account the period after age 70 1/2 in which the Participant was
               not receiving any benefits under the Plan."


<PAGE>   9
                                     - 9 -



26.      Effective January 1, 1997, Section 12.02 of the Plan shall be amended
         by adding the following paragraph thereto:

         Upon any merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or
         transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to such other plan, the
         Board of Directors of the Employer may authorize the Plan Administrator
         to allocate immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer
         any amounts then held in a suspense account. If the suspense account
         includes Forfeitures from Profit Sharing Accounts, the suspense account
         shall be allocated among all Participants who have a balance in their
         Profit Sharing Account according to the ratio that the balance of each
         such Participant's Profit Sharing Account bears to the total balance of
         all Participants' Profit Sharing Accounts as of the date of allocation.
         If the suspense account include Forfeitures from Matching Contributions
         Accounts, the suspense account may be allocated (a) to reduce the
         amount of Matching Contributions then due from the Employer fro the
         current Plan Year or (b) among those Participants who have a balance in
         their 401(k) and Matching Contributions Accounts according to the ratio
         that the aggregate of each such Participant's Matching Contributions
         Account and 401(k) Account bears to the total balance of all
         Participants' 401(k) and Matching Contributions Accounts. Allocations
         under this Section 12.02 shall be subject to the provisions of Sections
         3.09 and 3.10."



                                         ATTEST:



                                         ----------------------------
                                         JAMES C. HAMILTON, Clerk




<PAGE>   1







                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



                          DATED as of December 8, 1997



                                      among



                                HADCO CORPORATION



                                       and




                                BANKBOSTON, N.A.,
                           Individually and as Agent,

                                       and

                         THE OTHER LENDING INSTITUTIONS
                           LISTED ON SCHEDULE 1 HERETO

                                      with

                           BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.,
                                   as Arranger


<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
1.  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.......................................1
      1.1.  Definitions...........................................................1
      1.2.  Rules of Interpretation...............................................13
2.  THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.  ..............................................14
      2.1.  Commitment to Lend....................................................14
      2.2.  Commitment Fee........................................................14
      2.3.  Reduction of Total Commitment.........................................15
      2.4.  The Notes.............................................................15
      2.5.  Interest on Loans.....................................................16
      2.6.  Requests for Loans....................................................16
      2.7.  Conversion Options....................................................16
             2.1.1.  Conversion to Different Type of Loan.........................17
             2.7.2.  Continuation of Type of Loan.................................17
             2.7.3.  Eurodollar Rate Loans........................................17
      2.8.  Funds for Loans.......................................................18
             2.8.1.  Funding Procedures...........................................18
             2.8.2.  Advances by Agent............................................18
3.  REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.......................................19
      3.1.  Maturity..............................................................19
      3.2.  Mandatory Repayments of Loans.........................................19
      3.3.  Optional Repayments of Loans..........................................19
4.  LETTERS OF CREDIT.............................................................20
      4.1.  Letter of Credit Commitments..........................................20
             4.1.1.  Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit........................20
             4.1.2.  Letter of Credit Applications................................20
             4.1.3.  Terms of Letters of Credit...................................20
             4.1.4.  Reimbursement Obligations of Banks...........................21
             4.1.5.  Participations of Banks......................................21
      4.2.  Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower..............................21
      4.3.  Letter of Credit Payments.............................................22
      4.4.  Obligations Absolute..................................................22
      4.5.  Reliance by Issuer....................................................23
      4.6.  Letter of Credit Fee..................................................23
5.  CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS....................................................24
      5.1.  Fees..................................................................24
      5.2.  Funds for Payments....................................................24
             5.2.1.  Payments to Agent............................................24
             5.2.2.  No Offset, etc...............................................24
      5.3.  Computations..........................................................25
      5.4.  Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate................................25
      5.5.  Illegality............................................................25
      5.6.  Additional Costs, etc.................................................26
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3

                                      -ii-



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
      5.7.   Capital Adequacy.....................................................27
      5.8.   Certificate..........................................................27
      5.9.   Indemnity............................................................27
      5.10.  Interest After Default...............................................28
              5.10.1. Overdue Amounts.............................................28
              5.10.2. Amounts Not Overdue.........................................28
6.  GUARANTIES....................................................................28
7.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................28
      7.1.   Corporate Authority..................................................28
              7.1.1.  Incorporation; Good Standing................................28
              7.1.2.  Authorization...............................................29
              7.1.3.  Enforceability..............................................29
      7.2.   Governmental Approvals...............................................29
      7.3.   Title to Properties; Leases.  .......................................29
      7.4.   Financial Statements, Projections and Solvency.......................30
              7.4.1.  Financial Statements........................................30
              7.4.2.  Projections.................................................30
              7.4.3.  Solvency....................................................30
      7.5.   No Material Changes, etc.............................................31
      7.6.   Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc.................................31
      7.7.   Litigation...........................................................31
      7.8.   No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc.................................31
      7.9.   Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc.........................32
      7.10.  Tax Status...........................................................32
      7.11.  No Event of Default..................................................32
      7.12.  Holding Company and Investment Company Acts..........................32
      7.13.  Absence of Financing Statements.  ...................................32
      7.14.  Certain Transactions.................................................32
      7.15.  Employee Benefit Plans...............................................33
              7.15.1. In General..................................................33
              7.15.2. Terminability of Welfare Plans..............................33
              7.15.3. Guaranteed Pension Plans....................................33
              7.15.4. Multiemployer Plans.........................................34
      7.16.  Use of Proceeds......................................................34
      7.17.  Environmental Compliance.............................................34
      7.18.  Subsidiaries, etc. ..................................................36
      7.19.  Disclosure.  ........................................................36
8.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.........................................36
      8.1.   Punctual Payment.....................................................36
      8.2.   Maintenance of Office................................................37
      8.3.   Records and Accounts.................................................37
      8.4.   Financial Statements, Certificates and Information...................37
      8.5.   Notices..............................................................38
              8.5.1.  Defaults....................................................38
              8.5.2.  Environmental Events........................................39
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   4

                                      -iii-



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
              8.5.3.  Notice of Litigation and Judgments..........................39
      8.6.   Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties.......................39
      8.7.   Insurance............................................................40
      8.8.   Taxes................................................................40
      8.9.   Inspection of Properties and Books, etc..............................40
              8.9.1.  General.....................................................40
              8.9.2.  Communications with Accountants.............................41
      8.10.  Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits...............41
      8.11.  Employee Benefit Plans...............................................41
      8.12.  Use of Proceeds......................................................41
              8.12.1. General.....................................................41
              8.12.2. Regulations U and X.........................................42
              8.12.3. Ineligible Securities.  ....................................42
      8.13.  Interest Rate Protection Agreements..................................42
      8.14.  Further Assurances...................................................42
9.  CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER....................................43
      9.1.   Restrictions on Indebtedness.........................................43
      9.2.   Restrictions on Liens................................................46
      9.3.   Restrictions on Investments..........................................47
      9.4.   Distributions........................................................48
      9.5.   Mergers and Consolidations, Acquisitions and Disposition of Assets...48
              9.5.1.  Mergers and Consolidations..................................48
              9.5.2.  Acquisitions................................................48
              9.5.3.  Disposition of Assets.......................................50
      9.6.   Sale and Leaseback...................................................50
      9.7.   Compliance with Environmental Laws...................................50
      9.8.   Employee Benefit Plans...............................................50
      9.9.   Capitalization.......................................................51
      9.10.  Agreements Regarding Hadco FSC and New Zycon.........................51
10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER...........................................52
      10.1.  Funded Debt to EBITDA................................................52
      10.2.  Debt Service.........................................................52
      10.3.  Consolidated Net Worth...............................................52
      10.4.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio..........................................52
11. CLOSING CONDITIONS............................................................53
      11.1.  Loan Documents.......................................................53
      11.2.  Certified Copies of Charter Documents................................53
      11.3.  Corporate Action.....................................................53
      11.4.  Incumbency Certificate...............................................53
      11.5.  UCC Search Results...................................................53
      11.6.  Certificates of Insurance............................................53
      11.7.  Solvency Certificate.................................................54
      11.8.  Opinion of Counsel...................................................54
      11.9.  Payment of Fees......................................................54
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   5

                                      -iv-



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
      11.10. Pay-Off Letters, Etc.................................................54
12. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.  ...............................................54
      12.1.  Representations True; No Event of Default............................54
      12.2.  No Legal Impediment..................................................55
      12.3.  Governmental Regulation..............................................55
      12.4.  Proceedings and Documents............................................55
13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC..........................................55
      13.1.  Events of Default and Acceleration...................................55
      13.2.  Termination of Commitments...........................................58
      13.3.  Remedies.............................................................59
14. SETOFF........................................................................59
15. THE AGENT.....................................................................60
      15.1.  Authorization........................................................60
      15.2.  Employees and Agents.................................................60
      15.3.  No Liability.........................................................61
      15.4.  No Representations...................................................61
      15.5.  Payments.............................................................61
              15.5.1. Payments to Agent...........................................61
              15.5.2. Distribution by Agent.......................................61
              15.5.3. Delinquent Banks............................................62
      15.6.  Holders of Notes.....................................................62
      15.7.  Indemnity............................................................62
      15.8.  Agent as Bank........................................................63
      15.9.  Resignation..........................................................63
16. EXPENSES......................................................................63
17. INDEMNIFICATION...............................................................64
18. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC....................................................65
19. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION..................................................65
      19.1.  Conditions to Assignment by Banks....................................65
      19.2.  Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants.......66
      19.3.  Register.............................................................67
      19.4.  New Notes............................................................67
      19.5.  Participations.......................................................68
      19.6.  Disclosure...........................................................68
      19.7.  Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrower.................68
      19.8.  Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions..................................69
      19.9.  Assignment by Borrower...............................................69
20. NOTICES, ETC..................................................................69
21. GOVERNING LAW.................................................................70
22. HEADINGS......................................................................70
23. COUNTERPARTS..................................................................70
24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.........................................................71
25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..........................................................71
26. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC............................................71
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   6


                                       -v-



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
27. SEVERABILITY..................................................................72
28. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.................................72
      28.1.  Sharing of Information with Section 20 Subsidiary....................72
      28.2.  Confidentiality......................................................72
      28.3.  Prior Notification...................................................73
      28.4.  Other................................................................73
29. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS.....................................................74
      29.1.  Prior Credit Agreement Superseded....................................74
      29.2.  Return and Cancellation of Notes.....................................74
      29.3.  Fees Under Superseded Agreement......................................74
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   7

                                      -vi-




EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A         -     Note
EXHIBIT B         -     Loan Request
EXHIBIT C         -     Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT D         -     Assignment and Acceptance
EXHIBIT E         -     Guaranty

SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 1        -     Banks; Commitments
SCHEDULE 7.3      -     Title to Properties; Leases
SCHEDULE 7.5      -     Contracts
SCHEDULE 7.7      -     Litigation
SCHEDULE 7.10     -     Tax Status
SCHEDULE 7.17     -     Environmental Matters
SCHEDULE 7.18     -     Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 9.1      -     Indebtedness
SCHEDULE 9.2      -     Liens
SCHEDULE 9.3      -     Investments



<PAGE>   8


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

         This AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of
December 8, 1997 by and among HADCO CORPORATION (the "Borrower"), a
Massachusetts corporation having its principal place of business at 12A Manor
Parkway, Salem, New Hampshire 03709, and BANKBOSTON, N.A., formerly known as THE
FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, a national banking association and the other
lending institutions listed on SCHEDULE 1 hereto, and BANKBOSTON, N.A., formerly
known as THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, as agent for itself and such other
lending institutions.

         The Borrower, the Agent and certain of the Banks are parties to a
Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 8, 1997, as amended by the First
Amendment and Modification Agreement dated as of February 21, 1997 (as so
amended, the "Original Credit Agreement"). The Borrower, the Agent and the Banks
desire further to amend in various respects and restate the Original Credit
Agreement in order among other things, to increase the size of the Total
Commitment and add certain additional lending institutions as "Banks" for
purposes hereof. Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and
restate the Original Revolving Credit Agreement as follows:

                   1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.

         1.1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth
in this ss.1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement referred to
below:

         AFFILIATE. Any Person that would be considered to be an affiliate of
the Borrower under Rule 144(a) of the Rules and Regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as in effect on the date hereof, if the Borrower were
issuing securities.

         AGENT. BankBoston, N.A., acting as agent for the Banks.

         AGENT'S HEAD OFFICE. The Agent's head office located at 100 Federal
Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or at such other location as the Agent may
designate from time to time.

         AGENT'S SIDE LETTER. See ss.5.1.

         AGENT'S SPECIAL COUNSEL. Bingham Dana LLP or such other counsel as may
be approved by the Agent.

         APPLICABLE COMMITMENT FEE PERCENTAGE. For any fiscal quarter or portion
thereof, three-eighths of one percent (0.375%) per annum; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that in the event that the ratio of Funded Debt (calculated as of the last day
of such fiscal quarter or portion thereof) to EBITDA (calculated for the four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter or
portion thereof) meets the requirements set forth in the chart below, the
Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage shall, commencing with the date which is
ten (10) days after any date on which the Borrower delivers to the Banks the
financial statements referred to in ss.8.4(a) or (b) for such fiscal quarter or
portion thereof and ending with the date nine (9) days after the next date on
which the Borrower delivers to each of the


<PAGE>   9

                                      -2-


Banks the financial statements referred to in ss.8.4(a) or (b), be the
percentage set forth opposite the applicable ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA in
the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Ratio of Funded Debt
                     to EBITDA              Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage
                --------------------        ------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>   
Greater than or equal to 2.5:1.0                          0.375%
Greater than or equal to 2.0:1.0                          0.275%
  but less than 2.5:1.0
Greater than or equal to 1.5:1.0                          0.225%
  but less than 2.0:1.0
Less than 1.5:1.0                                         0.200%
</TABLE>


         APPLICABLE EURODOLLAR RATE MARGIN. For any fiscal quarter or portion
thereof within any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, one
and three-eighths percent (1.375%) per annum; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the
event that the ratio of Funded Debt (calculated as of the last day of such
fiscal quarter or portion thereof) to EBITDA (calculated for the four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter or
portion thereof) meets the requirements set forth in the chart below, the
Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin shall, commencing with (but not before) the
date which is ten (10) days after the date on which the Borrower delivers to the
Banks the financial statements referred to in ss.8.4(a) or (b) for such fiscal
quarter or portion thereof and ending with the date which is nine (9) days after
the next date on which the Borrower delivers to each of the Banks the financial
statements referred to in ss.8.4(a) or (b), be the percentage set forth opposite
the applicable ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA in the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Ratio of Funded Debt                   Applicable Eurodollar
                 to EBITDA                              Rate Margin
            --------------------                   ---------------------
<S>                                                <C>
Greater than or equal to 3.0:1.0                          1.375%
Greater than or equal to 2.5:1.0                          1.125%
   but less than 3.0:1.0
Greater than or equal to 2.0:1.0                          0.875%
  but less than 2.5:1.0
Greater than or equal to 1.5:1.0                          0.625%
  but less than 2.0:1.0
Less than 1.5:1.0                                         0.500%
</TABLE>

         ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE. See ss.19.1.

         BALANCE SHEET DATE. October 26, 1996.

         BANK BUMIPUTRA LOAN AGREEMENT. The Loan Agreement dated as of
February 9, 1996 among Hadco Malaysia, formerly known as Zycon Corporation SDN
BHD, Bank Bumiputra and certain other lenders, as in effect on January 8, 1997.

         BANKS. BKB and the other lending institutions listed on SCHEDULE 1
hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights and
obligations of a Bank pursuant to ss.19.

<PAGE>   10

                                      -3-



         BASE RATE. The higher of (i) the annual rate of interest announced from
time to time by BKB at its head office in Boston, Massachusetts, as its "base
rate" and (ii) one-half of one percent (1/2%) above the Federal Funds Effective
Rate. For the purposes of this definition, "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall
mean for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that
is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
transactions received by the Agent from three funds brokers of recognized
standing selected by the Agent.

         BASE RATE LOANS. Loans bearing interest calculated by reference to the
Base Rate.

         BKB. BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association, in its
individual capacity.

         BORROWER. As defined in the preamble hereto.

         BUSINESS DAY. Any day on which banking institutions in Boston,
Massachusetts, are open for the transaction of banking business and, in the case
of Eurodollar Rate Loans, also a day which is a Eurodollar Business Day.

         CAPITAL ASSETS. Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land, buildings,
fixtures, machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as patents, copyrights,
trademarks, franchises and good will); PROVIDED that Capital Assets shall not
include any item customarily charged directly to expense or depreciated over a
useful life of twelve (12) months or less in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

         CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Amounts paid or indebtedness incurred by any of
the Transaction Parties in connection with the purchase or lease by any of the
Transaction Parties of Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized
and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

         CAPITALIZED LEASES. Leases under which any of the Transaction Parties
is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment obligations under
which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee or
obligor in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

         CERCLA.  See ss.7.17.

         CLOSING DATE. The first date on which the conditions set forth in ss.11
have been satisfied and any Loans are to be made or any Letter of Credit is to
be issued hereunder.

         CODE. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from
time to time.

         COMMITMENT. With respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on SCHEDULE
1 hereto as the amount of such Bank's commitment to make Loans to, and to
participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of Credit for the
account of, the Borrower, as the same may be reduced from time to time; or if
such commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.


<PAGE>   11

                                      -4-



         COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE. With respect to each Bank, the percentage set
forth on SCHEDULE 1 hereto as such Bank's percentage of the aggregate
Commitments of all of the Banks.

         CONSOLIDATED OR CONSOLIDATED. With reference to any term defined
herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Transaction
Parties, consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

         CONSOLIDATED FUNDED DEBT. At any time of determination, the sum of (i)
the amount of the Loans outstanding (after giving account to any amounts
requested) PLUS accrued but unpaid interest thereon; PLUS (ii) the Maximum
Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations PLUS accrued but unpaid
interest (if any) thereon; PLUS (iii) the outstanding amount of any other
Indebtedness for borrowed money, in respect of Capitalized Leases or which is
otherwise subject to the payment of interest PLUS accrued but unpaid interest on
such Indebtedness, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as
an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in
respect of Capitalized Leases and including commitment fees, agency fees,
facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in
connection with the borrowing of money.

         CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME (OR DEFICIT). The consolidated net income (or
deficit) of the Transaction Parties, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and
other proper charges, determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary
nonrecurring items of income, the Zycon Acquisition Related Write-Off and
Non-Cash Acquisition Expenses.

         CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH. The excess of Consolidated Total Assets over
Consolidated Total Liabilities.

         CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH. The excess of Consolidated Total
Assets over Consolidated Total Liabilities, and less the sum of:

              (a)   the total book value of all assets of the Transaction
         Parties properly classified as intangible assets under generally
         accepted accounting principles, including such items as good will, the
         purchase price of acquired assets in excess of the fair market value
         thereof, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names,
         copyrights, patents and licenses, and rights with respect to the
         foregoing; PLUS

              (b)   all amounts representing any write-up in the book value of
         any assets of the Transaction Parties resulting from a revaluation
         thereof subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date, excluding adjustments to
         translate foreign assets and liabilities for changes in foreign
         exchange rates made in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
         Board Statement No. 52; PLUS

              (c)   to the extent otherwise includable in the computation of
         Consolidated Tangible Net Worth, any subscriptions receivable.

         CONSOLIDATED TOTAL ASSETS. All assets of the Transaction Parties
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.


<PAGE>   12

                                      -5-



         CONSOLIDATED TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE. For any period, the aggregate
amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by the Transaction Parties
during such period on all Indebtedness of the Transaction Parties outstanding
during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required
to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments
consisting of interest in respect of Capitalized Leases and including commitment
fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or
expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

         CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LIABILITIES. All liabilities of the Transaction
Parties determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and all Indebtedness of the Transaction Parties, whether
or not so classified.

         CONVERSION REQUEST. A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of the
Borrower's election to convert or continue a Loan in accordance with ss.2.7.

         CREDIT AGREEMENT. This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement,
including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

         DEFAULT. See ss.13.1.

         DISTRIBUTION. The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in
respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower, other than
dividends payable solely in shares of common stock of the Borrower; the
purchase, redemption, or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital
stock, or any rights or options convertible into shares of any class of capital
stock (and including any purchase, redemption, prepayment or other retirement,
in whole or in part, of any subordinated indebtedness permitted by ss.9.1(k)),
of the Borrower, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or
otherwise; the return of capital by the Borrower to its shareholders as such; or
any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital
stock of the Borrower.

         DOLLARS or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
America.

         DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE. Initially, the office of each Bank designated
as such in SCHEDULE 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if
any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base
Rate Loans.

         DRAWDOWN DATE. The date on which any Loan is made or is to be made, and
the date on which any Loan is converted or continued in accordance with ss.2.7.

         EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST AND TAXES or EBIT. The consolidated earnings
(or loss) from the operations of the Transaction Parties for any period, after
all expenses and other proper charges but before payment or provision for any
income taxes or interest expense, for such period, determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, after eliminating therefrom all
extraordinary nonrecurring items of income or loss, earnings from discontinued
businesses, any non-cash gains used in determining income, the Zycon Acquisition
Related Write-Off, and any Non-Cash Acquisition Expenses.

         EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, TAXES, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION or
EBITDA. The consolidated earnings (or loss) from the operations of the
Transaction Parties for any


<PAGE>   13

                                      -6-


period, after all expenses and other proper charges but before payment or
provision for any income taxes, interest expense, depreciation or amortization
for such period, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of
income or loss, earnings from discontinued businesses, any non-cash gains used
in determining income, the Zycon Acquisition Related Write-Off, and any Non-Cash
Acquisition Expenses.

         ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE. Any of (i) a commercial bank or finance company
organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (ii)
a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the
United States, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a
net worth of at least $100,000,000, calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; (iii) a commercial bank organized under the laws
of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such
country, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000, PROVIDED that such
bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is
organized or another country which is also a member of the OECD; (iv) the
central bank of any country which is a member of the OECD; and (v) if, but only
if, any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other bank,
insurance company, commercial finance company or other financial institution or
other Person approved by the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld.

         EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN. Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of
ss.3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, other than a
Guaranteed Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

         ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. See ss.7.17(a).

         ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
and in effect from time to time.

         ERISA AFFILIATE. Any Person which is treated as a single employer with
the Borrower under ss.414 of the Code.

         ERISA REPORTABLE EVENT. A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed
Pension Plan within the meaning of ss.4043 of ERISA and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         EUROCURRENCY RESERVE RATE. For any day with respect to a Eurodollar
Rate Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any lender subject
thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar
regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were
outstanding. The Eurocurrency Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.

         EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY. Any day on which commercial banks are open for
international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such
other


<PAGE>   14

                                      -7-



eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Agent in its sole
discretion acting in good faith.

         EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE. Initially, the office of each Bank
designated as such in SCHEDULE 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such
Bank, if any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans.

         EURODOLLAR RATE. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar
Rate Loan, the rate of interest equal to (i) the arithmetic average of the rates
per annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) of the rate at
which BKB's Eurodollar Lending Office is offered Dollar deposits two Eurodollar
Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank
eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange
operations of such Eurodollar Lending Office are customarily conducted, for
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days
comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar
Rate Loan of BKB to which such Interest Period applies, divided by (ii) a number
equal to 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate, if applicable.

         EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS. Loans bearing interest calculated by reference
to the Eurodollar Rate.

         EVENT OF DEFAULT.  See ss.13.1.

         EXITING BANKS. Each of the Banks (as defined in the Original Credit
Agreement) which are not continuing as Banks under and for purposes of this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES. (i) When used in ss.10,
whether directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term used
therein, means (A) principles that are consistent with the principles
promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its
predecessors, in effect for the fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and
(B) to the extent consistent with such principles, the accounting practice of
the Borrower reflected in its financial statements for the year ended on the
Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) when used in general, other than as provided above,
means principles that are (A) consistent with the principles promulgated or
adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors, as in
effect from time to time, and (B) consistently applied with past financial
statements of the Borrower adopting the same principles, provided that in each
case referred to in this definition of "generally accepted accounting
principles" a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use of such
accounting principles is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an unqualified
opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in generally accepted
accounting principles) as to financial statements in which such principles have
been properly applied.

         GUARANTEED PENSION PLAN. Any employee pension benefit plan within the
meaning of ss.3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full or
in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer
Plan.

<PAGE>   15

                                      -8-



         GUARANTIES. The separate Guaranties, each in the form of EXHIBIT E,
dated or to be dated on, prior to or, in the case of any Subsidiary which
becomes a Guarantor pursuant to ss.9.5.2, after the Closing Date, made by each
Guarantor in favor of the Banks and the Agent pursuant to which such Guarantor
guaranties to the Banks and the Agent, to the extent provided therein, the
payment and performance of the Obligations.

         GUARANTORS. (i) Hadco Santa Clara; and (ii) any other direct or
indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than Hadco FSC, New Zycon or Hadco
Malaysia).

         HADCO ACQUISITION. Hadco Acquisition, a Delaware corporation and
one-time wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, which entity has previously
been merged into Zycon.

         HADCO FSC. Hadco Foreign Sales Corporation, a U.S. Virgin Islands
corporation.

         HADCO MALAYSIA. Hadco Corporation (Malaysia) SDN BHD, a Malaysian
Corporation, formerly known as Zycon Corporation SDN BHD.

         HADCO SANTA CLARA. Hadco Santa Clara, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
formerly known as Zycon Corporation, the successor of the merger of Zycon and
Hadco Acquisition.

         HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. See ss.7.17(b).

         INDEBTEDNESS. All obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles should be classified
upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, or to which reference should be
made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and whether or not so
classified: (i) all debt and similar monetary obligations, whether direct or
indirect; (ii) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on property owned or
acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall
have been assumed; and (iii) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent
obligations whether direct or indirect in respect of indebtedness of others,
including any obligation to supply funds to or in any manner to invest in,
directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the
owner of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods,
supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of
the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the obligations to
reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit.

         INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. Securities which may not be underwritten or
dealt in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the
Banking Act of 1993 (12 U.S.C. ss.24, Seventh), as amended.

         INTEREST PAYMENT DATE. (i) As to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of
the calendar quarter which includes the Drawdown Date thereof; and (ii) as to
any Eurodollar Rate Loan in respect of which the Interest Period is (A) 3 months
or less, the last day of such Interest Period and (B) more than 3 months, the
date that is 3 months from the first day of such Interest Period and, in
addition, the last day of such Interest Period.


<PAGE>   16

                                      -9-



         INTEREST PERIOD. With respect to each Loan, (i) initially, the period
commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of one
of the periods set forth below, as selected by the Borrower in a Loan Request
(A) for any Base Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar quarter; and (B) for
any Eurodollar Rate Loan, 1, 2, 3 or 6 months; and (ii) thereafter, each period
commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to
such Loan and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as
selected by the Borrower in a Conversion Request; PROVIDED that all of the
foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

              (a)   if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
         Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business
         Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding
         Eurodollar Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
         carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
         such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Eurodollar
         Business Day;

              (b)   if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan
         would end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period
         shall end on the next succeeding Business Day;

              (c)   if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in
         ss.2.7, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion of
         the affected Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan and the
         continuance of all Base Rate Loans as Base Rate Loans on the last day
         of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

              (d)   any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan
         that begins on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month (or
         on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
         calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the
         last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month; and

              (e)   any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan
         that would otherwise extend beyond the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity
         Date shall end on the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date.

         INVESTMENTS. All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
(contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness of, or
for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property to, or in
respect of any guaranties (or other commitments as described under
Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate
amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (i) the amount of any
Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the
principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (ii) there
shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to
Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid;
(iii) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount
received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement,
repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (iv) there shall
not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on
such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that
accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (ii) may be
deducted when paid; and (v) there


<PAGE>   17

                                      -10-


shall not be deducted from the aggregate amount of Investments any decrease in
the value thereof.

         LETTER OF CREDIT. See ss.4.1.1.

         LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION. See ss.4.1.1.

         LETTER OF CREDIT PARTICIPATION. See ss.4.1.4.

         LOAN DOCUMENTS. This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
Applications, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranties, the Agent's Side Letter,
the Post-Closing Letter, any interest rate protection agreements entered into
with any of the Banks in connection herewith and any other instruments,
documents and agreements executed from time to time in connection herewith.

         LOAN REQUEST. See ss.2.6.

         LOANS. Revolving credit loans made or to be made by the Banks to the
Borrower pursuant to ss.2.

         MAJORITY BANKS. As of any date, the Banks holding at least fifty-one
percent (51%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes on such date; and
if no such principal is outstanding, the Banks whose aggregate Commitments
constitutes at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment.

         MARGIN STOCK. "Margin stock" or "margin securities", as such terms are
used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

         MAXIMUM DRAWING AMOUNT. The maximum aggregate amount that the
beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such
aggregate amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the
Letters of Credit.

         MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN. Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of
ss.3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate.

         NEW ZYCON. Zycon Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

         NON-CASH ACQUISITION EXPENSES. Non-cash expenses arising from the
write-off of goodwill, in-process research and development costs, and inventory
and fixed asset charges, in each case associated with Permitted Acquisitions
made following the Closing Date in an aggregate amount for all such Permitted
Acquisitions not to exceed $100,000,000.

         NOTES. See ss.2.4.

         OBLIGATIONS. All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any of
the Transaction Parties to any of the Banks and the Agent, individually or
collectively, existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or arising
thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent,
matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising


<PAGE>   18

                                      -11-



by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this
Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the
Loans made or Reimbursement Obligations incurred or any of the Notes, Letter of
Credit Application, Letter of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing
any thereof.

         ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT. As defined in the preamble hereto.

         OUTSTANDING. With respect to the Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal
thereof as of any date of determination.

         PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by ss.4002 of
ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

         PERMITTED ACQUISITIONS. Acquisitions of stock or assets permitted by
ss.9.5.2.

         PERMITTED LIENS. Liens, security interests and other encumbrances
permitted by ss.9.2.

         PERSON. Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated
association, business, or other legal entity, and any government or any
governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

         POST-CLOSING LETTER. The side letter dated as of December 8, 1997
between the Agent and the Borrower regarding certain post-closing items.

         REAL ESTATE. All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee
or sublessee) by any of the Transaction Parties.

         REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse the
Agent and the Banks on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as
provided in ss.4.2.

         REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN MATURITY DATE. January 8, 2002.

         SECTION 20 SUBSIDIARY. A Subsidiary of the bank holding company
controlling any Bank, which Subsidiary has been granted authority by the Federal
Reserve Board to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

         SUBSIDIARY. Any corporation, association, trust, or other business
entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or
indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number
of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

         TARGET. As defined in ss.9.5.2(b).

         TOTAL COMMITMENT. The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in effect
from time to time.

         TRANSACTION PARTIES. Collectively, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

         TYPE. As to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar
Rate Loan.

<PAGE>   19

                                      -12-



         UNIFORM CUSTOMS. With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform
Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International
Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or any successor version thereto adopted
by the Agent in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit issuer
and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

         UNPAID REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION. Any Reimbursement Obligation for which
the Borrower does not reimburse the Agent and the Banks on the date specified
in, and in accordance with, ss.4.2.

         VOTING STOCK. Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes
(however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such
holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other
business entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason
of the happening of a contingency.

         ZYCON. Zycon Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the company into
which Hadco Acquisition has previously been merged, and which is now known as
Hadco Santa Clara.

         ZYCON BALANCE SHEET DATE.  November 30, 1996.

         ZYCON EMPLOYEE DISTRIBUTION. The Distribution made in January, 1997 in
an aggregate amount not exceeding $6,000,000, in order to pay employees of Zycon
the difference between the exercise price of the stock options owned by such
employees and the price per share offered and paid by Hadco Acquisition for
shares of the capital stock of Zycon.

         ZYCON ACQUISITION RELATED WRITE-OFF. Up to $80,000,000 in non-cash
expenses associated with goodwill resulting from the purchase of Zycon and with
in-process research and development costs of Zycon.

         1.2. RULES OF INTERPRETATION.

              (a)   A reference to any document or agreement shall include
         such document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from
         time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit
         Agreement.

              (b)   The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the
         singular.

              (c)   A reference to any law includes any amendment or
         modification to such law.

              (d)   A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors
         and permitted assigns.

              (e)   Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
         meanings assigned to them by generally accepted accounting principles
         applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they
         refer.

              (f)   The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not
         limiting.


<PAGE>   20

                                      -13-



              (g)   All terms not specifically defined herein or by generally
         accepted accounting principles, which terms are defined in the Uniform
         Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, have
         the meanings assigned to them therein, with the term "instrument" being
         that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

              (h)   Reference to a particular "ss." refers to that section of
         this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

              (i)   The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and words of
         like import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to
         any particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

                        2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.

         2.1. COMMITMENT TO LEND. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this Credit Agreement, each of the Banks severally agrees to lend to the
Borrower and the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time
between the Closing Date and the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date upon notice
by the Borrower to the Agent given in accordance with ss.2.6, such sums as are
requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding (after
giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such Bank's
Commitment MINUS such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the sum of the Maximum
Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, PROVIDED that the sum
of the outstanding amount of the Loans (after giving effect to all amounts
requested) PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitment. The Loans shall
be made PRO RATA in accordance with each Bank's Commitment Percentage. Each
request for a Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by
the Borrower that the conditions set forth in ss.11 and ss.12, in the case of
the initial Loans to be made on the Closing Date, and ss.12, in the case of all
other Loans, have been satisfied on the date of such request.

         2.2. COMMITMENT FEE. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the
accounts of the Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages
a commitment fee calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable
Commitment Fee Percentage on the average daily amount during each calendar
quarter or portion thereof from Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Loan
Maturity Date by which the Total Commitment MINUS the sum of the Maximum Drawing
Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the outstanding amount
of Loans during such calendar quarter. The commitment fee shall be payable
quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter for the
immediately preceding calendar quarter commencing on the first such date
following the date hereof, with a final payment on the Revolving Credit Loan
Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate.

         2.3. REDUCTION OF TOTAL COMMITMENT. Upon the Borrower's incurrence of
any Indebtedness permitted by ss.9.1(k), the Borrower shall, at the request of
the Majority Banks, reduce the Total Commitment by an amount equal to the net
proceeds of all such Indebtedness incurred following the Closing Date, up to a
maximum of $50,000,000 in connection with any such Indebtedness described in
ss.9.1(k)(i) and up to a cumulative maximum of $100,000,000 in connection with
any such Indebtedness described in



<PAGE>   21

                                      -14-



ss.9.1(k)(ii). The Borrower shall have the right, without penalty (other than
breakage fees relating to Eurodollar Rate Loans for which the Borrower is
otherwise responsible under ss.5.9 and as otherwise provided in this ss.2.3), at
any time and from time to time upon seven (7) Business Days prior written notice
to the Agent to reduce by $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $5,000,000 in
excess thereof or terminate entirely the Total Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Total Commitment shall not be reduced below $50,000,000 unless it is
terminated in full; and PROVIDED FURTHER that if, on or before January 8, 1998,
the Borrower incurs Indebtedness permitted by ss.9.1(k) or sells equity
securities of the Borrower, or warrants or subscription rights for equity
securities of the Borrower, the sale or issuance of any of which does not create
or result in a Default or Event of Default, in an aggregate amount for all such
Indebtedness and net proceeds of the sale of such equity securities, or warrants
or subscription rights for equity securities, in excess of $75,000,000, and the
Borrower, at its option, reduces the Total Commitment by more than $75,000,000,
the Borrower shall, at the time of such reduction of the Total Commitment, pay
to the Agent, for the PRO RATA benefit of the Banks, a fee equal to one fifth of
one percent (.20%) on the amount by which such reduction in the Total Commitment
exceeds $75,000,000. Upon any such reduction of the Total Commitment as set
forth in either of the two immediately preceding sentences, the Commitments of
the Banks shall be reduced PRO RATA in accordance with their respective
Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case
may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrower
delivered pursuant to this ss.2.3, the Agent will notify the Banks of the
substance thereof. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination,
the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks the
full amount of any commitment fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction.
No reduction or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated.

         2.4. THE NOTES. The Loans shall be evidenced by separate promissory
notes of the Borrower in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A hereto (each a
"Note"), dated as of the Closing Date and completed with appropriate insertions.
One Note shall be payable to the order of each Bank in a principal amount equal
to such Bank's Commitment or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Loans made
by such Bank, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. The Borrower
irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or cause to be made, at or about the
time of the Drawdown Date of any Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment
of principal on such Bank's Note, an appropriate computer entry or other record
reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such
payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth in such computer entries
or other records shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the principal amount thereof
owing and unpaid to such Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in so
recording, any such amount in such computer entries or other records shall not
limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under any
Note to make payments of principal of or interest on any Note when due.

         2.5. INTEREST ON LOANS. Except as otherwise provided in ss.5.10,

              (a)   Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period
         commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
         the Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to
         the Base Rate.


<PAGE>   22

                                      -15-


              (b)   Each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the
         period commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last
         day of the Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum
         equal to the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin PLUS the Eurodollar Rate
         determined for such Interest Period.

              (c)   The Borrower promises to pay interest on each Loan in 
         arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect thereto.

         2.6. REQUESTS FOR LOANS. The Borrower shall give to the Agent written
notice in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed in a
writing in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto) of each Loan requested hereunder (a
"Loan Request") no less than (i) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed
Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan and (ii) three (3) Eurodollar Business Days
prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan. Each such
notice shall specify (A) the principal amount of the Loan requested, (B) the
proposed Drawdown Date of such Loan, (C) the Interest Period for such Revolving
Credit Loan and (D) the Type of such Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such
notice, the Agent shall notify each of the Banks thereof. Each Loan Request
shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall obligate the Borrower
to accept the Loan requested from the Banks on the proposed Drawdown Date. Each
Loan Request shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral
multiple thereof.

         2.7. CONVERSION OPTIONS.

                2.7.1. CONVERSION TO DIFFERENT TYPE OF LOAN. The Borrower may
                elect from time to time to convert any outstanding Loan to a
                Loan of another Type, PROVIDED that (i) with respect to any such
                conversion of a Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the Borrower shall
                give the Agent at least one (1) Business Day prior written
                notice of such election; (ii) with respect to any such
                conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
                Borrower shall give the Agent at least three (3) Eurodollar
                Business Days prior written notice of such election; (iii) with
                respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan into a
                Loan of another Type, such conversion shall only be made on the
                last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto; and (iv)
                no Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan when any
                Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. On
                the date on which such conversion is being made, each Bank shall
                take such action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment
                Percentage of such Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its
                Eurodollar Lending Office, as the case may be. All or any part
                of outstanding Loans of any Type may be converted into a Loan of
                another Type as provided herein, PROVIDED that any partial
                conversion shall be in an aggregate principal amount of
                $5,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Each Conversion Request
                relating to the conversion of a Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan
                shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.

                2.7.2. CONTINUATION OF TYPE OF LOAN. Any Loan of any Type may be
                continued as a Loan of the same Type upon the expiration of an
                Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the
                Borrower with the notice provisions contained in ss.2.7.1;
                PROVIDED that no Eurodollar Rate Loan may


<PAGE>   23

                                      -16-



                be continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has
                occurred and is continuing, but shall be automatically converted
                to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period
                relating thereto ending during the continuance of any Default or
                Event of Default of which officers of the Agent active upon the
                Borrower's account have actual knowledge. In the event that the
                Borrower fails to provide any such notice with respect to the
                continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan as such, then such
                Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base
                Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating
                thereto. The Agent shall notify the Banks promptly when any such
                automatic conversion contemplated by this ss.2.7 is scheduled to
                occur.

                2.7.3. EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS. Any conversion to or from
                Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made
                pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto,
                the aggregate principal amount of all Eurodollar Rate Loans
                having the same Interest Period shall not be less than
                $20,000,000 or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof.
                At no time shall there be more than five (5) Eurodollar Rate
                Loans outstanding.

         2.8. FUNDS FOR LOANS.

                2.8.1. FUNDING PROCEDURES. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston
                time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Loans, each of the
                Banks will make available to the Agent, at its Head Office, in
                immediately available funds, the amount of such Bank's
                Commitment Percentage of the amount of the requested Loans. Upon
                receipt from each Bank of such amount, and upon receipt of the
                documents required by ss.ss.11 and 12 and the satisfactIon of
                the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent
                applicable, the Agent will make available to the Borrower the
                aggregate amount of such Loans made available to the Agent by
                the Banks. The failure or refusal of any Bank to make available
                to the Agent at the aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown
                Date the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the requested
                Loans shall not relieve any other Bank from its several
                obligation hereunder to make available to the Agent the amount
                of such other Bank's Commitment Percentage of any requested
                Loans.

                2.8.2. ADVANCES BY AGENT. The Agent may, unless notified to the
                contrary by any Bank prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such
                Bank has made available to the Agent on such Drawdown Date the
                amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Loans to be
                made on such Drawdown Date, and the Agent may (but it shall not
                be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make
                available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If any Bank
                makes available to the Agent such amount on a date after such
                Drawdown Date, such Bank shall pay to the Agent on demand an
                amount equal to the product of (i) the average computed for the
                period referred to in clause (iii) below, of the weighted
                average interest rate paid by the Agent for federal funds
                acquired by the Agent during each day included in such period,
                TIMES (ii) the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
                such Loans, TIMES (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is
                the number of days that


<PAGE>   24

                                      -17-


                elapse from and including such Drawdown Date to the date on
                which the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such
                Loans shall become immediately available to the Agent, and the
                denominator of which is 360. A statement of the Agent submitted
                to such Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this
                paragraph shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the amount due and
                owing to the Agent by such Bank. If the amount of such Bank's
                Commitment Percentage of such Loans is not made available to the
                Agent by such Bank within three (3) Business Days following such
                Drawdown Date, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such
                amount from the Borrower on demand, with interest thereon at the
                rate per annum applicable to the Loans made on such Drawdown
                Date.

                   3. REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

         3.1. MATURITY. The Borrower promises to pay on the Revolving Credit
Loan Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the
Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, all of the Loans outstanding on such date,
together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

         3.2. MANDATORY REPAYMENTS OF LOANS. If at any time the Borrower shall
incur Indebtedness permitted by ss.9.1(k), the Borrower shall, at the request of
the Majority Banks, immediately pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of
the Banks an amount equal to the net proceeds of all such Indebtedness incurred
following the Closing Date, up to a maximum of $50,000,000 in connection with
any such Indebtedness described in ss.9.1(k)(i) and up to a cumulative maximum
of $100,000,000 in connectioN with any such Indebtedness described in
ss.9.1(k)(ii). If at any time the sum of the outstanding amounT of the Loans,
the Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds the
Total Commitment, then the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such
excess to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks. Any amounts repaid
in accordance with either of the immediately preceding two sentences shall be
applied: first, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Loans;
and third, to provide to the Agent cash collateral for Reimbursement Obligations
as contemplated by ss.4.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations or prepayment of Loans shall be allocated among the Banks, in
proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each Reimbursement Obligation or (as
the case may be) the respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's Note,
with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or
repayments not exactly in proportion.

         3.3. OPTIONAL REPAYMENTS OF LOANS. The Borrower shall have the right,
at its election, to repay the outstanding amount of the Loans, as a whole or in
part, at any time without penalty or premium, PROVIDED that any full or partial
prepayment of the outstanding amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to
this ss.3.3 may be made only on the last day of the Interest Period relating
thereto. The Borrower shall give the Agent, no later than 10:00 a.m., Boston
time, at least one (1) Business Day prior written notice of any proposed
prepayment pursuant to this ss.3.3 of Base Rate Loans, and three (3) Eurodollar
Business Days notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this ss.3.3 of
Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case specifying the proposed date of prepayment
of Loans and the principal amount to be prepaid. Each such partial prepayment of
the Loans shall be in an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and shall be applied,
in the absence of instruction by the Borrower, first to the


<PAGE>   25

                                      -18-


principal of Base Rate Loans and then to the principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans.
Accrued interest on the principal prepaid in connection with each such partial
prepayment shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date, but
accrued interest on the principal paid in connection with any full prepayment at
a time when the Total Commitment is terminated shall be paid on the date of
prepayment. Each prepayment shall be allocated among the Banks, in proportion,
as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of each
Bank's Note, with adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior
repayments not exactly in proportion.

                              4. LETTERS OF CREDIT.

         4.1. LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS.

                4.1.1. COMMITMENT TO ISSUE LETTERS OF CREDIT. Subject to the
                terms and conditions hereof and the execution and delivery by
                the Borrower of a letter of credit application on the Agent's
                customary form (a "Letter of Credit Application"), the Agent on
                behalf of the Banks and in reliance upon the agreement of the
                Banks set forth in ss.4.1.4 and upon the representations and
                warranties of the Borrower contained herein, agrees, in its
                individual capacity, to issue, extend and renew for the account
                of the Borrower one or more standby or documentary letters of
                credit (individually, a "Letter of Credit"), in such form as may
                be requested from time to time by the Borrower and agreed to by
                the Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, after giving effect to such
                request, (a) the sum of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and
                all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall not exceed
                $15,000,000 at any one time and (b) the sum of (i) the Maximum
                Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, (ii) all Unpaid
                Reimbursement Obligations, and (iii) the amount of all Loans
                outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested) shall
                not exceed the Total Commitment. As of the Closing Date, the
                Letter of Credit initially issued in the amount of $1,000,000 to
                New York State Urban Development Corporation for the account of
                the Borrower shall become a Letter of Credit under this Credit
                Agreement for all purposes, shall be issued for the account of
                the Borrower and shall cease to be a Letter of Credit under and
                as defined in the Original Credit Agreement, and the Exiting
                Lenders shall cease to have any further obligations with respect
                thereto.

                4.1.2. LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATIONS. Each Letter of Credit
                Application shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Agent.
                In the event that any provision of any Letter of Credit
                Application shall be inconsistent with any provision of this
                Credit Agreement, then the provisions of this Credit Agreement
                shall, to the extent of any such inconsistency, govern.

                4.1.3. TERMS OF LETTERS OF CREDIT. Each Letter of Credit issued,
                extended or renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (i)
                provide for the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder
                when presented in accordance with the terms thereof and when
                accompanied by the documents described therein, (ii) have an
                expiry date (which may be extended annually by the Agent, at its
                option upon the request of the Borrower) no more than one year

<PAGE>   26

                                      -19-



                following its date of issue and (iii) have an expiry date no
                later than the date which is fourteen (14) days (or, if the
                Letter of Credit is confirmed by a confirmer or otherwise
                provides for one or more nominated persons, forty-five (45)
                days) prior to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date. Each
                Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be subject
                to the Uniform Customs.

                4.1.4. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS OF BANKS. Each Bank severally
                agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the
                occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other
                condition precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Bank's
                Commitment Percentage, to reimburse the Agent on demand for the
                amount of each draft paid by the Agent under each Letter of
                Credit to the extent that such amount is not reimbursed by the
                Borrower pursuant to ss.4.2 (such agreement for a Bank being
                called herein the "Letter of Credit Participation" of such
                Bank).

                4.1.5. PARTICIPATIONS OF BANKS. Each such payment made by a Bank
                shall be treated as the purchase by such Bank of a participating
                interest in the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligation under ss.4.2
                in an amount equal to such payment. Each Bank shall share in
                accordance with its participating interest in any interest which
                accrues pursuant to ss.4.2.

         4.2. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION OF THE BORROWER. In order to induce the
Agent to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit and the Banks to
participate therein, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the
Agent, for the account of the Agent or (as the case may be) the Banks, with
respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the Agent
hereunder,

              (a)   except as otherwise expressly provided in ss.4.2(b) and
         (c), on each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit
         is honored by the Agent, or the Agent otherwise makes a payment with
         respect thereto, (i) the amount paid by the Agent under or with respect
         to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the amount of any taxes, fees,
         charges or other reasonable costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by
         the Agent or any Bank in connection with any payment made by the Agent
         or any Bank under, or with respect to, such Letter of Credit,

              (b)   upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total
         Commitment to an amount less than the Maximum Drawing Amount, an amount
         equal to such difference, which amount shall be held by the Agent for
         the benefit of the Banks and the Agent in an interest bearing account
         selected by the Agent as cash collateral for all Reimbursement
         Obligations, and

              (c)   upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the
         acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all
         Letters of Credit in accordance with ss.13, an amount equal to the then
         Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of Credit, which amount shall be
         held by the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the Agent in an
         interest bearing account selected by the Agent as cash collateral for
         all Reimbursement Obligations.

<PAGE>   27

                                      -20-



Each such payment shall be made to the Agent at the Agent's Head Office in
immediately available funds. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by
the Borrower under this ss.4.2 at any time from the date such amounts become due
and payable (whether as stated in this ss.4.2, by acceleration or otherwise)
until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be payable to the
Agent on demand at the rate specified in ss.5.10 for overdue principal on the
Loans. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Agent shall return amounts held as cash collateral pursuant to ss.4.2(b) or
as a result of the Borrower's termination of the Total Commitment pursuant to
ss.4.2(c) within a reasonable time following the expiration or cancellation of
any Letter of Credit, with the amount being so returned equal to the Maximum
Drawing Amount of such expired or cancelled Letter of Credit.

         4.3. LETTER OF CREDIT PAYMENTS. If any draft shall be presented or
other demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the Agent
shall notify the Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or
demand for payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or
honor such demand for payment. If the Borrower fails to reimburse the Agent as
provided in ss.4.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or other
payment is made by the Agent, the Agent may at any time thereafter notify the
Banks of the amount of any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. No later than
3:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the Business Day next following the receipt of such
notice, each Bank shall make available to the Agent, at its Head Office, in
immediately available funds, such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount equal to the product of (i)
the average, computed for the period referred to in clause (iii) below, of the
weighted average interest rate paid by the Agent for federal funds acquired by
the Agent during each day included in such period, TIMES (ii) the amount equal
to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation,
TIMES (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse
from and including the date the Agent paid the draft presented for honor or
otherwise made payment to the date on which such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
such Unpaid Reimbursement obligation shall become immediately available to the
Agent, and the denominator of which is 360. The responsibility of the Agent to
the Borrower and the Banks shall be only to determine that the documents
(including each draft) delivered under each Letter of Credit in connection with
such presentment shall be in conformity in all material respects with such
Letter of Credit, and upon such determination, the Agent shall honor a demand
for payment under such Letter of Credit.

         4.4. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. The Borrower's obligations under this ss.4
shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and
irrespective, so long as the Agent has honored any appropriate demand for
payment with respect to any Letter of Credit, of the occurrence of any Default
or Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff,
counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had
against the Agent, any Bank or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit. The
Borrower further agrees with the Agent and the Banks that the Agent and the
Banks shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations
under ss.4.2 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or
genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents
should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged,
or any dispute between or among the Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit or any financing institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit
may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower



<PAGE>   28

                                      -21-



against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The
Agent and the Banks shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or
delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however
transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that
any action taken or omitted by the Agent or any Bank under or in connection with
each Letter of Credit and the related drafts and documents, if done in good
faith and with commercial reasonableness, shall be binding upon the Borrower and
shall not result in any liability on the part of the Agent or any Bank to the
Borrower.

         4.5. RELIANCE BY ISSUER. To the extent not inconsistent with ss.4.4,
the Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying
upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall
first have received such advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it
reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Banks,
and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall
be binding upon the Banks and all future holders of the Notes or of a Letter of
Credit Participation.

         4.6. LETTER OF CREDIT FEE. The Borrower shall, on the date of issuance
or any extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit and at such other time or
times as such charges are customarily made by the Agent, pay a fee (in each
case, a "Letter of Credit Fee") to the Agent (i) in respect of each standby
Letter of Credit equal to (A) the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin in effect on
such date MULTIPLIED BY the face amount of such standby Letter of Credit PLUS
(B) the Agent's customary issuance fee PLUS (C) a fronting fee (for the account
of the Agent) equal to one-eighth of one percent (0.125)% per annum of the face
amount of such standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) in respect of each documentary
Letter of Credit equal to (A) the Agent's customary administrative fees PLUS (B)
the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin in effect on such date MULTIPLIED BY the
face amount of such documentary Letter of Credit, PLUS (C) a fronting fee to the
Agent equal to one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) per annum of the face amount
of such documentary Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Fee (but not such
issuance, administrative or fronting fees) to be for the accounts of the Banks
in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages.


<PAGE>   29

                                      -22-



                         5. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.

         5.1. FEES. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent the fees described
in the letter dated as of the date hereof between the Agent and the Borrower
(the "Agent's Side Letter") in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

         5.2. FUNDS FOR PAYMENTS.

                5.2.1. PAYMENTS TO AGENT. All payments of principal, interest,
                Reimbursement Obligations, commitment fees, Letter of Credit
                Fees and any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the
                other Loan Documents shall be made to the Agent, for the
                respective accounts of the Banks and the Agent, at the Agent's
                Head Office or at such other location in the Boston,
                Massachusetts, area that the Agent may from time to time
                designate, in each case in immediately available funds.

                5.2.2. NO OFFSET, ETC. All payments by the Borrower hereunder
                and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without
                setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without
                deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees,
                deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or
                conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by
                any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing
                or other authority therein unless the Borrower is compelled by
                law to make such deduction or withholding. If any such
                obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any
                amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan
                Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account
                of the Banks or (as the case may be) the Agent, on the date on
                which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such
                other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall
                be necessary to enable the Banks or the Agent to receive the
                same net amount which the Banks or the Agent would have received
                on such due date had no such obligation been imposed upon the
                Borrower. The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Agent
                certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other
                charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by
                the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan Document.

         5.3. COMPUTATIONS. All computations of interest on the Loans and of
commitment fees, Letter of Credit Fees or other fees shall, unless otherwise
expressly provided herein, be based on a 360-day year and paid for the actual
number of days elapsed; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that computations of interest on Base
Rate Loans shall be based on a 365 or, as the case may be, 366-day year and paid
for the actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the
definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans,
whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes
due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during
such extension. The outstanding amount of the Loans as reflected on the records
of each Bank and the Agent from time to time shall be considered correct and
binding on the Borrower unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt of
any notice from the Agent or any of the Banks of such outstanding amount, the
Borrower shall notify the Agent or such Bank to the contrary.

         5.4. INABILITY TO DETERMINE EURODOLLAR RATE. In the event, prior to the
commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
Agent shall determine or be notified by the Majority Banks that adequate and
reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would
otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan during any Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such
determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on



<PAGE>   30

                                      -23-



the Borrower and the Banks) to the Borrower and the Banks. In such event (i) any
Loan Request or Conversion Request with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall
be automatically withdrawn and shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans,
(ii) each Eurodollar Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then
current Interest Period relating thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (iii) the
obligations of the Banks to make Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until
the Agent determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no
longer exist, whereupon the Agent shall so notify the Borrower and the Banks.

         5.5. ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any
present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the interpretation
or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to make or maintain
Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Bank shall forthwith give notice of such
circumstances to the Borrower and the other Banks and thereupon (i) the
commitment of such Bank to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or convert Loans of
another Type to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (ii) such
Bank's Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be
converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest
Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans or within such earlier period as
may be required by law. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the Agent for
the account of such Bank, upon demand by such Bank, any additional amounts
necessary to compensate such Bank for any costs incurred by such Bank in making
any conversion in accordance with this ss.5.5, including any interest or fees
payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or
maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder.

         5.6. ADDITIONAL COSTS, ETC. If any present or future applicable law,
which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations
thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any
governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the
administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives,
instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or
otherwise issued to any Bank or the Agent by any central bank or other fiscal,
monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:

              (a) subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost, duty,
         charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to
         this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit,
         such Bank's Commitment or the Loans (other than taxes based upon or
         measured by the income or profits of such Bank or the Agent), or

              (b) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes in
         taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Bank of the principal of
         or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts payable to any Bank
         or the Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
         Documents, or

              (c) impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the
         extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement)
         any special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy
         or other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law)
         against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans
         by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any
         Bank, or


<PAGE>   31

                                      -24-



              (d) impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions or
         requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
         Documents, any Letters of Credit, the Loans, such Bank's Commitment, or
         any class of loans, letters of credit or commitments of which any of
         the Loans or such Bank's Commitment forms a part, and the result of any
         of the foregoing is

                   (i) to increase the cost to any Bank of making, funding,
              issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Loans or
              such Bank's Commitment or any Letter of Credit, or

                   (ii) to reduce the amount of principal, interest,
              Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such Bank or
              the Agent hereunder on account of such Bank's Commitment, any
              Letter of Credit or any of the Loans, or

                   (iii) to require such Bank or the Agent to make any payment
              or to forego any interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum
              payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or foregone
              interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum is calculated by
              reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed
              received by such Bank or the Agent from the Borrower hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Bank or
(as the case may be) the Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as
the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank or the Agent such additional
amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent for such
additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement
Obligation or other sum.

         5.7. CAPITAL ADEQUACY. If after the date hereof any Bank or the Agent
determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule,
regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies or any
change in the interpretation or application thereof by a court or governmental
authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) compliance by such Bank or the
Agent or any corporation controlling such Bank or the Agent with any law,
governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such entity regarding capital adequacy, has the
effect of reducing the return on such Bank's or the Agent's commitment with
respect to any Loans to a level below that which such Bank or the Agent could
have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
consideration such Bank's or the Agent's then existing policies with respect to
capital adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity's capital) by any
amount deemed by such Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent to be material,
then such Bank or the Agent may notify the Borrower of such fact. To the extent
that the amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in
the Base Rate, the Borrower agrees to pay such Bank or (as the case may be) the
Agent for the amount of such reduction in the return on capital as and when such
reduction is determined upon presentation by such Bank or (as the case may be)
the Agent of a certificate in accordance with ss.5.8 hereof. Each Bank shall
allocate such cost increases among its customers in good faith and on an
equitable basis.


<PAGE>   32

                                      -25-



         5.8. CERTIFICATE. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts
payable pursuant to secs. 5.6 or 5.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts
which are due, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the Borrower, shall be
conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing. The
Agent or any Bank which becomes aware that such amounts are due and owing shall
provide such Certificate to the Borrower within a reasonable period after
becoming so aware.

         5.9. INDEMNITY. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to hold
each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (including loss of
anticipated profits) that such Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i)
default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on
any Eurodollar Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss
or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of
funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii)
default by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower
has given (or is deemed to have given) a Loan Request or a Conversion Request
relating thereto in accordance with ss.2.6 or ss.2.7 or (iii) the making of any
payment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or the making of any conversion of any such
Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the applicable
Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by such
Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Loans.

         5.10. INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT.

                5.10.1. OVERDUE AMOUNTS. Overdue principal and (to the extent
                permitted by applicable law) interest on the Loans and all other
                overdue amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan
                Documents shall bear interest compounded monthly and payable on
                demand at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above the
                Base Rate until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well
                as before judgment).

                5.10.2. AMOUNTS NOT OVERDUE. During the continuance of a Default
                or an Event of Default the principal of the Loans not overdue
                shall, until such Default or Event of Default has been cured or
                remedied or such Default or Event of Default has been waived by
                the Majority Banks pursuant to ss.26, bear interest at a rate
                per annum equal to the greater of (i) two percent (2%) above the
                rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Loans pursuant to
                ss.2.5 and (ii) the rate of interest applicable to overdue
                principal pursuant to ss.5.10.1.

                                 6. GUARANTIES.

         The Obligations shall be guaranteed by each Guarantor pursuant to the
terms of the Guaranties.

                       7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent as
follows:

         7.1. CORPORATE AUTHORITY.


<PAGE>   33

                                      -26-



                7.1.1. INCORPORATION; GOOD STANDING. Each of the Transaction
                Parties (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
                and in good standing under the laws of its state of
                incorporation, (ii) has all requisite corporate power to own its
                property and conduct its business as now conducted, and (iii) is
                in good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized
                to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is
                necessary except where a failure to be so qualified would not
                have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or
                financial condition of such Transaction Parties.

                7.1.2. AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance of
                this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which any
                of the Transaction Parties is or is to become a party and the
                transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the
                corporate authority of such Person, (b) have been duly
                authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings, including,
                without limitation, any consents or approvals of shareholders of
                the Borrower, (c) do not conflict with or result in any breach
                or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or
                regulation to which any of the Transaction Parties is subject
                (including, without limitation, Regulations G, T, U or X of the
                Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or any
                judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable
                to any of the Transaction Parties and (d) do not conflict with
                any provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of, or any
                agreement or other instrument binding upon, any of the
                Transaction Parties.

                7.1.3. ENFORCEABILITY. The execution and delivery of this Credit
                Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which any of the
                Transaction Parties is or is to become a party will result in
                valid and legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable
                against it in accordance with the respective terms and
                provisions hereof and thereof, except as enforceability is
                limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
                other laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of
                creditors' rights and except to the extent that availability of
                the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is
                subject to the discretion of the court before which any
                proceeding therefor may be brought.

         7.2. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. The execution, delivery and performance by
any of the Transaction Parties of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which any of the Transaction Parties is or is to become a party and
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require the approval or
consent of, or filing with, any governmental agency or authority other than
those already obtained or to be obtained in accordance with the requirements of
the Loan Documents.


         7.3. TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LEASES. Except as indicated on SCHEDULE 7.3
hereto, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own all of the assets reflected in the
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or, as the case
may be, Zycon and its Subsidiaries, as at the Balance Sheet Date, or, as the
case may be, the Zycon Balance Sheet Date, or acquired since that date (except
property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of
business since that date), subject to no rights of others, including


<PAGE>   34

                                      -27-



any mortgages, leases, conditional sales agreements, title retention agreements,
liens or other encumbrances except Permitted Liens.

         7.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, PROJECTIONS AND SOLVENCY.

                7.4.1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. There has been furnished to each of
                the Banks (a) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
                its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, and a
                consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its
                Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, certified by Arthur
                Andersen LLP, (b) a consolidated balance sheet of Zycon and its
                Subsidiaries as at the Zycon Balance Sheet Date, and a
                consolidated statement of income of Zycon and its Subsidiaries
                for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, certified by
                Arthur Andersen LLP, and (c) a consolidated balance sheet of the
                Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at July 26, 1997, and a
                Consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its
                Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter then ended, prepared by the
                Borrower. Such balance sheets and statements of income have been
                prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
                principles and fairly present the financial condition of the
                Borrower or Zycon, as the case may be, as at the close of
                business on the date thereof and the results of operations for
                the fiscal year or fiscal quarter then ended. There are no
                contingent liabilities of the Borrower or any of its
                Subsidiaries as of the Balance Sheet Date, or of Zycon and its
                Subsidiaries as of the Zycon Balance Sheet Date, involving
                material amounts, known to the officers of the Borrower, which
                were not disclosed in such balance sheets and the notes related
                thereto.

                7.4.2. PROJECTIONS. The projections of the annual operating
                budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
                basis, balance sheets and cash flow statements for the October,
                1998 to October, 2002 fiscal years, copies of which have been
                delivered to each Bank, disclose all assumptions made with
                respect to general economic, financial and market conditions
                used in formulating such projections. To the knowledge of the
                Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, no facts exist that
                (individually or in the aggregate) would result in any material
                change in any of such projections. The projections are based
                upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, have been prepared on
                the basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect the
                reasonable estimates of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the
                results of operations and other information projected therein.

                7.4.3. SOLVENCY. Each of the Transaction Parties, both before
                and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby,
                is solvent (within the meaning contemplated by Section 548 of
                Title 11 of the United States Code and any similar state statute
                which may be applicable), has and will have assets having a fair
                value in excess of the amount required to pay its probable
                liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and
                matured and has, and will have, access to adequate capital for
                the conduct of its business and the ability to pay its debts
                from time to time incurred in connection therewith as such debts
                mature.


<PAGE>   35

                                      -28-



         7.5. NO MATERIAL CHANGES, ETC. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 7.5
hereto, since the Balance Sheet Date, there has occurred no materially adverse
change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, as shown on or reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, or, as the case may
be, of Zycon and its Subsidiaries as at the Zycon Balance Sheet Date, for the
year then ended, or the consolidated statements of income for the fiscal year of
the Borrower or, as the case may be, Zycon then ended, other than changes in the
ordinary course of business that have not had any materially adverse effect,
either individually or in the aggregate, on the business or financial condition
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole. Since the Balance
Sheet Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any
Distribution other than the Zycon Employee Distribution.

         7.6. FRANCHISES, PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC. Each of the Transaction
Parties possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names,
licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the
conduct of its business substantially as now conducted without known conflict
with any rights of others.

         7.7. LITIGATION. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 7.7 hereto, there are
no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending or
threatened against any of the Transaction Parties, before any court, tribunal or
administrative agency or board that, if adversely determined, might, either in
any case or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the properties,
assets, financial condition or business of the Transaction Parties, considered
as a whole, or materially impair the right of the Transaction Parties,
considered as a whole, to carry on business substantially as now conducted by
them, or result in any substantial liability not adequately covered by
insurance, or for which adequate reserves are not maintained on the consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or which question the
validity of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any
action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

         7.8. NO MATERIALLY ADVERSE CONTRACTS, ETC. None of the Transaction
Parties is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any
judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation that has or is expected in the
future to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of such Transaction Party or on such Transaction Party's ability to
perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Except
as set forth on SCHEDULE 7.5 hereto, none of the Transaction Parties is a party
to any contract or agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of the
Borrower's officers, to have any materially adverse effect on the business of
such Transaction Party.

         7.9. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LAWS, ETC. None of the
Transaction Parties is in violation of any provision of its charter documents,
bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or by which it
or any of its properties may be bound or any decree, order, judgment, statute,
license, rule or regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in a manner that
could, except as otherwise set forth on SCHEDULE 7.17, result in the imposition
of substantial penalties or materially and adversely affect the financial
condition, properties or business of such Transaction Party.

         7.10. TAX STATUS. The Transaction Parties (a) except as set forth in
SCHEDULE 7.10 hereto, have made or filed all federal and state income and all
other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to
which any of them is subject, (b) have paid all


<PAGE>   36

                                      -29-


taxes and other governmental assessments and charges shown or determined to be
due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings and (c) have set aside on their books
provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods
subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply.
There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing
authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Borrower know of no basis
for any such claim. None of the Transaction Parties has consented or will
consent to be treated as a "consenting corporation" as defined in Section 341 of
the Code.

         7.11. NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.

         7.12. HOLDING COMPANY AND INVESTMENT COMPANY ACTS. None of the
Transaction Parties is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company", as such terms are
defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; nor is it an
"investment company", or an "affiliated company" or a "principal underwriter" of
an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act
of 1940.

         7.13. ABSENCE OF FINANCING STATEMENTS. Except with respect to Permitted
Liens, there is no financing statement, security agreement, chattel mortgage,
real estate mortgage or other document filed or recorded with any filing
records, registry or other public office, that purports to cover, affect or give
notice of any present or possible future lien on, or security interest in, any
assets or property of any of the Transaction Parties or any rights relating
thereto.

         7.14. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. Except for arm's length transactions
pursuant to which any of the Transaction Parties makes payments in the ordinary
course of business upon terms no less favorable than any of the Transaction
Parties could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or
employees of any of the Transaction Parties is presently a party to any
transaction with any of the Transaction Parties (other than for services as
employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other
arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for
rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments
to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the
Borrower, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any
officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an
officer, director, trustee or partner.

         7.15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

                7.15.1. IN GENERAL. Each Employee Benefit Plan and each
                Guaranteed Pension Plan has been maintained and operated in
                compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA
                and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not
                limited to the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited
                transactions and the bonding of fiduciaries and other persons
                handling plan funds as required by ss.412 of ERISA. The Borrower
                has heretofore delivered to the Agent the most recently
                completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required
                attachments, and actuarial statement required


<PAGE>   37

                                      -30-


                to be submitted under ss.103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each
                Guaranteed Pension Plan.

                7.15.2. TERMINABILITY OF WELFARE PLANS. No Employee Benefit Plan
                which is an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of
                ss.3(1) or ss.3(2)(B) of ERISA provides benefit coverage
                subsequent to termination of employment except as required by
                Title I, Part 6 of ERISA or applicable state insurance laws. The
                Borrower may terminate each such Plan at any time (or at any
                time subsequent to the expiration of any applicable bargaining
                agreement) in the discretion of the Borrower without liability
                to any Person other than for claims arising prior to
                termination.

                7.15.3. GUARANTEED PENSION PLANS. Each contribution required to
                be made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be
                made to avoid the incurrence of an accumulated funding
                deficiency, the notice or lien provisions of ss.302(f) of ERISA,
                or otherwise, has been timely made. No waiver of an accumulated
                funding deficiency or extension of amortization periods has been
                received with respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan, and
                neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to or
                has posted security in connection with an amendment of a
                Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to ss.307 of ERISA or
                ss.401(a)(29) of the Code. No liability to the PBGC (other than
                required insurance premiums, all of which have been paid) has
                been incurred by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with
                respect to any Guaranteed Pension Plan and there has not been
                any ERISA Reportable Event, or any other event or condition
                which presents a material risk of termination of any Guaranteed
                Pension Plan by the PBGC. Based on the latest valuation of each
                Guaranteed Pension Plan (which in each case occurred within
                twelve months of the date of this representation), and on the
                actuarial methods and assumptions employed for that valuation,
                the aggregate benefit liabilities of all such Guaranteed Pension
                Plans within the meaning of ss.4001 of ERISA did not exceed the
                aggregate value of the assets of all such Guaranteed Pension
                Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and
                assets of any Guaranteed Pension Plan with assets in excess of
                benefit liabilities.

                7.15.4. MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
                Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including
                secondary liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
                complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan
                under ss.4201 of ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets
                described in ss.4204 of ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any
                ERISA Affiliate has been notified that any Multiemployer Plan is
                in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of
                ss.4241 or ss.4245 of ERISA or is at risk of entering
                reorganization or becoming insolvent, or that any Multiemployer
                Plan intends to terminate or has been terminated under ss.4041A
                of ERISA.


         7.16. USE OF PROCEEDS. The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for
refinancing of existing indebtedness of the Borrower under the Original Credit
Agreement to BKB and the other lenders party thereto, for acquisitions permitted
by the terms hereof and for working


<PAGE>   38

                                      -31-



capital and general corporate purposes. The Borrower will obtain Letters of
Credit solely for general corporate purposes. No portion of any Loan is to be
used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, except in compliance with
Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12
C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

         7.17. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. The Borrower has taken all reasonable
steps to investigate the past and present condition and usage of the Real Estate
and the operations conducted thereon and, except as set forth in SCHEDULE 7.17
attached hereto, has determined that:

                (a) none of the Transaction Parties or any operator of the Real
         Estate or any operations thereon is in violation, or alleged violation,
         of any judgment, decree, order, law, license, rule or regulation
         pertaining to environmental matters, including without limitation,
         those arising under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
         ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
         Liability Act of 1980 as amended ("CERCLA"), the Superfund Amendments
         and Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA"), the Federal Clean Water Act,
         the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any
         state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating
         to health, safety or the environment (hereinafter "Environmental
         Laws"), which violation would have a material adverse effect on the
         business, assets or financial condition of the Transaction Parties,
         considered as a whole;

                (b) none of the Transaction Parties has received notice from any
         third party including, without limitation, any federal, state or local
         governmental authority, (i) that any one of them has been identified by
         the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a
         potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site
         listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B;
         (ii) that any hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. ss.6903(5), any
         hazardous substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. ss.9601(14), any pollutant
         or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. ss.9601(33) and any toxic
         substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances
         regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous Substances") which any
         one of them has generated, transported or disposed of has been found at
         any site at which a federal, state or local agency or other third party
         has conducted or has ordered that the Transaction Parties conduct a
         remedial investigation, removal or other response action pursuant to
         any Environmental Law; or (iii) that it is or shall be a named party to
         any claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or
         administrative proceeding (in each case, contingent or otherwise)
         arising out of any third party's incurrence of costs, expenses, losses
         or damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with the release of
         Hazardous Substances;

                (c) except to the extent that any of the following would not
         have a material adverse effect on the value of the Real Estate or the
         business, assets or financial condition of the Transaction Parties,
         considered as a whole: (i) no portion of the Real Estate has been used
         for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous
         Substances except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws; and
         no underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for
         Hazardous



<PAGE>   39

                                      -32-



         Substances is located on any portion of the Real Estate; (ii) in the
         course of any activities conducted by and of the Transaction Parties or
         operators of its or their properties, no Hazardous Substances have been
         generated or are being used on the Real Estate except in accordance
         with applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) there have been no releases
         (i.e. any past or present releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping,
         pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping,
         disposing or dumping) or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances
         on, upon, into or from the properties of the Transaction Parties; (iv)
         to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, there have been no releases
         on, upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the
         Real Estate which, through soil or groundwater contamination, may have
         come to be located on the Real Estate; and (v) in addition, any
         Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any of the Real Estate
         have been transported offsite only by carriers having an identification
         number issued by the EPA or by carriers not required by law to have
         such identification numbers, treated or disposed of only by treatment,
         recycling or disposal facilities maintaining valid permits as required
         under applicable Environmental Laws, which transporters and facilities
         have been and are, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, operating
         in compliance with such permits and applicable Environmental Laws; and

                (d) Except with respect to matters that would not have a
         material adverse effect on the value of the Real Estate or the
         business, assets or financial condition of the Transaction Parties,
         considered as a whole, none of the Transaction Parties or any of the
         Real Estate is subject to any applicable environmental law requiring
         the performance of Hazardous Substances site assessments, or the
         removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, or the giving of notice
         to any governmental agency or the recording or delivery to other
         Persons of an environmental disclosure document or statement by virtue
         of the transactions set forth herein and contemplated hereby, or as a
         condition to the effectiveness of any of the transactions contemplated
         hereby or the other Loan Documents.

         7.18. SUBSIDIARIES, ETC. Hadco Santa Clara, New Zycon and Hadco FSC are
the only direct Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Hadco Malaysia is the only
Subsidiary of Hadco Santa Clara. Neither New Zycon nor Hadco FSC has any
Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 7.18 hereto, none of the
Transaction Parties is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any
other Person.

         7.19. DISCLOSURE. The representations and warranties made by the
Transaction Parties in this Credit Agreement or in any agreement, instrument,
document, certificate, statement or letter furnished to the Banks on behalf of
any of the Transaction Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated
by the Loan Documents do not, taken as a whole, together with all other
information provided by the Borrower in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents, contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the
Borrower which materially adversely affects, or which is likely in the future to
materially adversely affect, the business, assets or financial condition of the
Transaction Parties, taken as a whole.


<PAGE>   40

                                      -33-



                    8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligation to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

         8.1. PUNCTUAL PAYMENT. The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or
cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans, all Reimbursement
Obligations, the Letter of Credit Fees, the commitment fees, the Agent's fee and
all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which any of the Transaction Parties is a party, all in accordance
with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan Documents.

         8.2. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE. The Borrower will maintain its chief
executive office in Salem, New Hampshire, or at such other place in the United
States of America as the Borrower shall designate upon written notice to the
Agent, where notices, presentations and demands to or upon the Borrower in
respect of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party may be given or
made.

         8.3. RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS. The Borrower will (i) keep, and cause each
of the other Transaction Parties to keep, true and accurate records and books of
account in which full, true and correct entries will be made in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, (ii) maintain adequate accounts and
reserves for all taxes (including income taxes), depreciation, depletion,
obsolescence and amortization of its properties and the properties of the other
Transaction Parties, contingencies, and other reserves, and (iii) will at all
times have engaged Arthur Andersen LLP or other independent certified public
accountants satisfactory to the Agent as its accountants, with no more than
thirty (30) days elapsing between the termination of any such accountants as the
Borrower's accountants and the engagement of successor accountants satisfactory
to the Agent.

         8.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND INFORMATION. The Borrower
will deliver to each of the Banks:

                (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
         ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the
         consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the
         consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, each
         as at the end of such year, and the related consolidated statement of
         income and consolidated statement of cash flow and consolidating
         statement of income and consolidating statement of cash flow for such
         year, each setting forth in comparative form the figures for the
         previous fiscal year and all such consolidated and consolidating
         statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles, and certified without
         qualification by Arthur Andersen LLP or by other independent certified
         public accountants satisfactory to the Agent, together with a written
         statement from such accountants to the effect that they have read a
         copy of this Credit Agreement, and that, in making the examination
         necessary to said certification, they have obtained no knowledge of any
         Default or Event of Default, or, if such accountants shall have
         obtained knowledge of any then existing Default or Event of Default
         they


<PAGE>   41

                                      -34-



         shall disclose in such statement any such Default or Event of Default;
         PROVIDED that such accountants shall not be liable to the Banks for
         failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default;

                (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
         forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of
         the Borrower, copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the unaudited consolidating balance
         sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, each as at the end of such
         quarter, and the related consolidated statement of income and
         consolidated statement of cash flow and consolidating statement of
         income and consolidating statement of cash flow for the portion of the
         Borrower's fiscal year then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and
         prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
         together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting
         officer of the Borrower that the information contained in such
         financial statements fairly presents the financial position of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end
         adjustments);

                (c) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements
         referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement certified by
         the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower in
         substantially the form of EXHIBIT C hereto and setting forth in
         reasonable detail computations evidencing compliance with the covenants
         contained in ss.10 and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect
         changes in generally accepted accounting principles since the Balance
         Sheet Date;

                (d) contemporaneously with the filing or mailing thereof, copies
         of all material of a financial nature, all reports, proxy statements
         and notices filed by any of the Transaction Parties with the Securities
         and Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders of the Borrower;

                (e) from time to time upon request of the Agent, projections of
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries updating those projections delivered
         to the Banks and referred to in ss.7.4.2 or, if applicable, updating
         any later such projections delivered in response to a request pursuant
         to this ss.8.4(e); and

                (f) from time to time such other financial data and information
         (including accountants management letters) regarding the financial and
         other affairs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Agent or any
         Bank may reasonably request.

         8.5. NOTICES.

                8.5.1. DEFAULTS. The Borrower will promptly notify the Agent and
                each of the Banks in writing of the occurrence of any Default or
                Event of Default. If any Person shall give any notice or take
                any other action in respect of a claimed default (whether or not
                constituting an Event of Default) under this Credit Agreement or
                any other note, evidence of indebtedness, indenture or other
                obligation to which or with respect to which the Borrower or any
                of the other Transaction Parties is a party or obligor, whether
                as principal, guarantor, surety or otherwise, the Borrower shall
                forthwith give written


<PAGE>   42

                                      -35-



                notice thereof to the Agent and each of the Banks, describing
                the notice or action and the nature of the claimed default.

                8.5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS. The Borrower will promptly give
                notice to the Agent and each of the Banks (i) of any violation
                of any Environmental Law that the Borrower or any of the other
                Transaction Parties reports in writing or is reportable by such
                Person in writing (or for which any written report supplemental
                to any oral report is made) to any federal, state or local
                environmental agency and (ii) upon becoming aware thereof, of
                any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action,
                including a notice from any agency of potential environmental
                liability, of any federal, state or local environmental agency
                or board, that has the potential to materially affect the
                assets, liabilities, financial condition or operations of the
                Borrower and any of the other Transaction Parties, considered as
                a whole.

                8.5.3. NOTICE OF LITIGATION AND JUDGMENTS. The Borrower will,
                and will cause each of the other Transaction Parties to, give
                notice to the Agent and each of the Banks in writing within
                fifteen (15) days of becoming aware of any litigation or
                proceedings threatened in writing or any pending litigation and
                proceedings affecting the Borrower or any of the other
                Transaction Parties or to which the Borrower or any of the other
                Transaction Parties is or becomes a party (including, without
                limitation, any shareholder derivative suit) that could
                reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon
                the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
                involving an uninsured claim against the Borrower or any of the
                other Transaction Parties that could reasonably be expected to
                have a materially adverse effect on the Borrower or any of the
                other Transaction Parties and stating the nature and status of
                such litigation or proceedings. The Borrower will, and will
                cause each of the other Transaction Parties to, give notice to
                the Agent and each of the Banks, in writing, in form and detail
                satisfactory to the Agent, within ten (10) days of any judgment
                not covered by insurance, final or otherwise, against the
                Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties in an amount in
                excess of $5,000,000.

         8.6. CORPORATE EXISTENCE; MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. The Borrower will
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises and those of the other
Transaction Parties and will not, and will not cause or permit any of the other
Transaction Parties to, convert to a limited liability company or limited
liability partnership. The Borrower (i) will cause all of its properties and
those of the other Transaction Parties used or useful in the conduct of its
business or the business of the other Transaction Parties to be maintained and
kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary
equipment, (ii) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of
the Borrower may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times, and (iii)
will, and will cause each of the other Transaction Parties to, continue to
engage primarily in the businesses now conducted by them and in related
businesses; PROVIDED that nothing in this ss.8.6 shall prevent the Borrower from
discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties or any of
those of the other Transaction


<PAGE>   43

                                      -36-



Parties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower, desirable in
the conduct of its or their business and that do not in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the business of the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties,
considered as a whole.

         8.7. INSURANCE. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the other
Transaction Parties to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers
insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties
and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general practices of
businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas and in
amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods as may be
reasonable and prudent and in accordance with the terms hereof.

         8.8. TAXES. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the other
Transaction Parties to, duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and
discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and
other governmental charges imposed upon it and its real properties, sales and
activities, or any part thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as
well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law
become a lien or charge upon any of its property; PROVIDED that any such tax,
assessment, charge, levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount
thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and if the Borrower or such other Transaction Party shall have set aside on its
books adequate reserves with respect thereto; and PROVIDED FURTHER that the
Borrower and each other Transaction Party will pay all such taxes, assessments,
charges, levies or claims forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to
foreclose any lien that may have attached as security therefor.

         8.9. INSPECTION OF PROPERTIES AND BOOKS, ETC.

                8.9.1. GENERAL. The Borrower shall permit the Banks, through the
                Agent or any of the Banks' other designated representatives, to
                visit and inspect any of the properties of the Borrower or any
                of the other Transaction Parties, to conduct commercial finance
                examinations of the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties,
                to examine the books of account of the Borrower and the other
                Transaction Parties (and to make copies thereof and extracts
                therefrom), and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of
                the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties with, and to be
                advised as to the same by, its and their officers, all at such
                reasonable times and intervals as the Agent or any Bank may
                reasonably request.

                8.9.2. COMMUNICATIONS WITH ACCOUNTANTS. The Borrower authorizes
                the Agent and, if accompanied by the Agent, the Banks to
                communicate directly with the Borrower's independent certified
                public accountants and authorizes such accountants to disclose
                to the Agent and the Banks any and all financial statements and
                other supporting financial documents and schedules including
                copies of any management letter with respect to the business,
                financial condition and other affairs of the Borrower or any of
                the other Transaction Parties. At the request of the Agent, the
                Borrower shall deliver a letter addressed to such accountants
                instructing them to comply with the provisions of this ss.8.9.2.


<PAGE>   44

                                      -37-



         8.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CONTRACTS, LICENSES, AND PERMITS. The
Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Transaction Parties to, comply
with (i) in all material respects, the applicable laws and regulations wherever
its business is conducted, including all Environmental Laws, (ii) the provisions
of its charter documents and by-laws, (iii) all agreements and instruments by
which it or any of its properties may be bound and (iv) all applicable decrees,
orders, and judgments. If any authorization, consent, approval, permit or
license from any officer, agency or instrumentality of any government shall
become necessary or required in order that the Borrower or any of the other
Transaction Parties may fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or any of the
other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or such other Transaction Party is a
party, the Borrower will, or (as the case may be) will cause such other
Transaction Party to, immediately take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps
within the power of the Borrower or such other Transaction Party to obtain such
authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Agent and
the Banks with evidence thereof.

         8.11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Borrower will (i) promptly upon
request of the Agent, furnish to the Agent a copy of the most recent actuarial
statement required to be submitted under ss.103(d) of ERISA and Annual Report,
Form 5500, with all required attachments, in respect of eacH Guaranteed Pension
Plan and (ii) promptly upon receipt or dispatch, furnish to the Agent any
notice, report or demand sent or received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension
Plan under ss.ss.302, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA, or
in respect of a Multiemployer Plan, under ss.ss.4041A, 4202, 4219, 4242, or 4245
of ERISA.

         8.12. USE OF PROCEEDS.

                8.12.1. GENERAL. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans
         solely for refinancing of existing indebtedness of the Borrower under
         the Original Credit Agreement to BKB and the other lenders party
         thereto, for acquisitions permitted by the terms hereof and for working
         capital and general corporate purposes. The Borrower will obtain
         Letters of Credit solely for general corporate purposes.

                8.12.2. REGULATIONS U AND X. No portion of any Loan is to be
         used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the
         purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock in violation of
         Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
         System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

                8.12.3. INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. No portion of the proceeds of any
         Loan is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be
         obtained, for the purpose of (a) knowingly purchasing, or providing
         credit support for the purchase of, Ineligible Securities from a
         Section 20 Subsidiary during any period in which such Section 20
         Subsidiary makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (b) knowingly
         purchasing, or providing credit support for the purchase of, during the
         underwriting or placement period, any Ineligible Securities being
         underwritten or privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary, or (c)
         making, or providing credit support for the making of, payments of
         principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten or
         privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary and issued by or for the
         benefit of the Borrower or the Guarantor or other Affiliate of the
         Borrower.

<PAGE>   45

                                      -38-



         8.13. INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENTS. The Borrower shall (a) until
January 8, 1998, maintain, upon terms and conditions satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent, interest rate protection agreements with a minimum
notional amount of $75,000,000, and (b) at any time when the amount of Loans
outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested) PLUS the Maximum
Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations exceeds $150,000,000,
enter into and maintain, upon terms and conditions satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agent, interest rate protection agreements with a minimum
notional amount (the "Additional Notional Amount") equal to at least thirty
percent (30%) of the amount of Loans outstanding PLUS the Maximum Drawing Amount
and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations at such time; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that,
in the event that the Borrower incurs Indebtedness permitted by ss.9.1(k), which
Indebtedness bears interest at a fixed, rather than a floating, rate, the
Borrower shalL maintain such interest rate protection arrangements with respect
to a minimum notional amount equal to the difference of (x)(i) until January 8,
1998, $75,000,000 PLUS (ii) the Additional Notional Amount MINUS (y) the amount
of such permitted fixed rate Indebtedness.

         8.14. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the
other Transaction Parties to, cooperate with the Banks and the Agent and execute
such further instruments and documents as the Banks or the Agent shall
reasonably request to carry out to their satisfaction the transactions
contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                 9. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligations to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

         9.1. RESTRICTIONS ON INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of the other Transaction Parties to, create, incur, assume, guarantee
or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any
Indebtedness other than:

                (a) Indebtedness to the Banks and the Agent arising under any of
         the Loan Documents;

                (b) current liabilities of the Borrower or the other Transaction
         Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business not incurred
         through (i) the borrowing of money, or (ii) the obtaining of credit
         except for credit on an open account basis customarily extended and in
         fact extended in connection with normal purchases of goods and
         services;

                (c) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental
         charges or levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies to the
         extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be required to be
         made in accordance with the provisions of ss.8.8;

                (d) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have
         been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal
         so long as execution is not


<PAGE>   46

                                      -39-



         levied thereunder or in respect of which the Borrower or such other
         Transaction Party shall at the time in good faith be prosecuting an
         appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which a stay of
         execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review;

                (e) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and
         warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the
         ordinary course of business;

                (f) obligations under Capitalized Leases which, when combined
         with amounts outstanding under ss.9.1(g), do not exceed $50,000,000 in
         aggregate amount at any time outstanding;

                (g) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition
         after the date hereof of any real or personal property by the Borrower
         or such other Transaction Party, PROVIDED that the aggregate principal
         amount of such Indebtedness of the Borrower and the other Transaction
         Parties shall, when combined with amounts outstanding under ss.9.1(f)
         not exceed the aggregate amount of $50,000,000 at any one time;

                (h) Indebtedness of the Borrower and the other Transaction
         Parties existing on the date hereof and listed and described on
         SCHEDULE 9.1 hereto;

                (i) Indebtedness of (i) a Guarantor, following its execution and
         delivery of its Guaranty to the Agent, to the Borrower; (ii) Hadco FSC
         to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000; (iii)
         Hadco Malaysia to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed
         $55,000,000, no more than $25,000,000 of which may be incurred in any
         one fiscal year of the Borrower; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if during any
         fiscal year the amount of such Indebtedness permitted for that fiscal
         year is not so utilized, such unutilized amount may be utilized in the
         next succeeding fiscal year; and (iv) New Zycon to the Borrower in an
         aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000;

                (j) Indebtedness consisting of contingent obligations arising in
         connection with any Transaction Party's compliance with applicable
         Environmental Laws in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate
         $20,000,000;

                (k) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
         occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of the incurrence
         of any thereof, unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the
         Guarantors up to an aggregate amount (the "ADDITIONAL AMOUNT") equal to
         the amount of $175,000,000, consisting of: (i) up to an amount equal to
         $150,000,000 (but not to exceed, when combined with amounts of
         Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii) of this ss.9.1(k), the
         Additional Amount) of Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated and
         made junior to the payment and performance in full of the Obligations;
         and (ii) up to $150,000,000 (but not to exceed, when combined with
         amounts of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) of this
         ss.9.1(k), the Additional Amount) of Indebtedness which may rank PARI
         PASSU with the Obligations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the terms of
         Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this ss.9.1(k) shalL include the
         following:

<PAGE>   47

                                      -40-



                    (A) the maturity date of any such Indebtedness occurs at
                least one hundred twenty (120) days following the Revolving
                Credit Loan Maturity Date;

                    (B) with respect to subordinated Indebtedness described in
                clause (i) of this ss.9.1(k), no principal, interest, fees or
                other amounts with respect thereto are due and payable upon the
                occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of
                Default;

                    (C) with respect to subordinated Indebtedness described in
                clause (i) of this ss.9.1(k), no principal or sinking fund
                payments are due prior to at least one hundred twenty (120) days
                following the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date;

                    (D) the rate of interest and other fees applicable to such
                Indebtedness are, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and
                the Majority Banks, a market rate for companies with the same or
                a similar financial profile as the Borrower;

                    (E) the covenants, including affirmative, negative and
                financial covenants, included therein are, in the reasonable
                judgment of the Agent and the Majority Banks, less restrictive
                than the covenants set forth in ss.ss.8, 9 and 10 hereof and do
                Not contain a negative pledge on assets of the Borrower and the
                other Transaction Parties (but may, with respect to PARI PASSU
                Indebtedness described in clause (ii) of this ss.9.1(k), contain
                an "equal and ratable clause" with respect to any collateral
                obtained by the Agent and the Banks);

                    (F) the terms and conditions of which may not be amended
                without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Majority
                Banks;

                    (G) default provisions with respect to which do not
                cross-default to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
                Documents, except that, with respect to PARI PASSU Indebtedness
                described in clause (ii) of this ss.9.1(k), such default
                provisions may cross-default to a Default or Event of Default
                under ss.13.1(a) or (b), to the extent that any such Default or
                Event of Default is not cured or waived within thirty (30) days
                after the occurrence thereof;

                    (H) subordinated Indebtedness described in clause (i) of
                this ss.9.1(k) shall be expressly subordinated and made junior
                to the payment and performance in full of the Obligations owed
                by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Guarantor issuing
                such subordinated Indebtedness, as evidenced as subordinate by a
                Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement or other written
                instrument containing subordination provisions in form and
                substance satisfactory to (in their sole and absolute
                discretion) and approved by the Agent and the Majority Banks in
                writing; and

                    (I) such other terms and conditions as the Agent and the
                Majority Banks may reasonably require;


<PAGE>   48

                                      -41-



                PROVIDED, FURTHER, that prior to the incurrence of any such
         Indebtedness, the Borrower shall provide to the Agent and each of the
         Banks PRO FORMA financial statements and compliance certificates in the
         form of EXHIBIT C indicating that for the period from the date of the
         incurrence of such Indebtedness until the Revolving Credit Loan
         Maturity Date, no Default or Event of Default would result from the
         incurrence of such Indebtedness; and

                (l) Indebtedness not otherwise set forth in clauses (a) - (k) of
         this ss.9.1 in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate.

         9.2. RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any of the other Transaction Parties to, (i) create or incur or suffer to be
created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, charge,
restriction or other security interest of any kind upon any of its property or
assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the
income or profits therefrom; (ii) transfer any of such property or assets or the
income or profits therefrom for the purpose of subjecting the same to the
payment of Indebtedness or performance of any other obligation in priority to
payment of its general creditors; (iii) acquire, or agree or have an option to
acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention
or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (iv) suffer to
exist for a period of more than sixty (60) days after the same shall have been
incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by
law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority
whatsoever over its general creditors; or (v) sell, assign, pledge or otherwise
transfer any accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper or
instruments, with or without recourse; PROVIDED that the Borrower and any of the
other Transaction Parties may create or incur or suffer to be created or
incurred or to exist:

                (a) liens in favor of the Borrower on all or part of the assets
         of any of the other Transaction Parties securing Indebtedness permitted
         by ss.9.1 and owing by such other Transaction Parties to the Borrower;

                (b) liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government
         charges in respect of obligations not overdue or liens on properties to
         secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations
         not overdue;

                (c) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure
         payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
         pensions or other social security obligations;

                (d) liens on properties in respect of judgments or awards, the
         Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by ss.9.1(d);

                (e) liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen,
         and other like liens on properties in existence less than 120 days from
         the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not overdue;

                (f) encumbrances on Real Estate consisting of easements, rights
         of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property
         and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or
         lessor's liens under leases to which the



<PAGE>   49

                                      -42-



         Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties is a party, and other
         minor liens or encumbrances none of which in the opinion of the
         Borrower interferes materially with the use of the property affected in
         the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and the other
         Transaction Parties, which defects do not individually or in the
         aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business of the
         Borrower individually or of the Borrower and the other Transaction
         Parties on a consolidated basis;

                (g) liens existing on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 9.2
         hereto;

                (h) purchase money security interests in or purchase money
         mortgages on real or personal property acquired after the date hereof
         to secure purchase money Indebtedness of the type and amount permitted
         by ss.9.1(g), incurred in connection with the acquisition of such
         property, which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or
         personal property so acquired; and

                (i) liens on any Margin Stock held by the Borrower or the other
         Transaction Parties.

         9.3. RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of the other Transaction Parties to, make or permit to exist or to
remain outstanding any Investment except for Investments in:

                (a) marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United
         States of America that mature within one (1) year from the date of
         purchase by the Borrower;

                (b) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers
         acceptances, money market deposits and time deposits of any of the
         Banks (including branches of any of the Banks) or other United States
         banks having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000;

                (c) securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by a
         corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States
         of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been
         rated and the ratings for which are not less than "P 1" if rated by
         Moody's Investors Services, Inc., and not less than "A 1" if rated by
         Standard and Poor's;

                (d) mutual funds which invest solely in the types of Investments
         described in ss.9.3(a), (b) and (c);

                (e) Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on
         SCHEDULE 9.3 hereto;

                (f) Investments consisting of the Guaranties or Investments by
         the Borrower in (i) any of the Guarantors, (ii) Hadco FSC in an
         aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000; or (iii) New Zycon in an
         aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000;

                (g) Investments with respect to Indebtedness permitted by
         ss.9.1(i)(iii);


<PAGE>   50

                                      -43-



                (h) Investments consisting of promissory notes received as
         proceeds of asset dispositions permitted by ss.9.5.3 and Investments
         otherwise permitted by ss.9.5.2;

                (i) Investments consisting of loans and advances to employees
         for moving, entertainment, travel and other similar expenses in the
         ordinary course of business not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate
         at any time outstanding;

                (j) marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of United States
         municipalities that are rated by Standard and Poor's and Moody's
         Investors Services, Inc. as investment grade and that mature within
         five (5) years from the date of purchase by the Borrower, in an amount
         not to exceed $2,000,000 from any one issuing municipality and in an
         aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of $5,000,000 and fifty
         percent (50%) of all Investments made by the Borrower or any of the
         other Transaction Parties under ss.9.3(a), (b), (c), (d) and (k); and

                (k) mutual funds investing in marketable direct or guaranteed
         obligations of United States municipalities that are rated by Standard
         and Poor's and Moody's Investors Services, Inc. as investment grade and
         that mature within five (5) years from the date of purchase by the
         Borrower, in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000 from any mutual fund
         and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

         9.4. DISTRIBUTIONS. The Borrower will not make any Distributions.

         9.5. MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS, ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITION OF
ASSETS.

                9.5.1. MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS. The Borrower will not, and
                will not permit any of the other Transaction Parties to, become
                a party to any merger or consolidation, except (a) the merger or
                consolidation of one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower with
                and into the Borrower, (b) the merger or consolidation of two or
                more Subsidiaries of the Borrower and (c) the merger or
                consolidation of a Target of a Permitted Acquisition with and
                into the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

                9.5.2. ACQUISITIONS. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
                any of the other Transaction Parties to agree to or effect any
                asset acquisition or stock acquisition (other than the
                acquisition of assets in the ordinary course of business
                consistent with past practices); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

                    (a) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred
                and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may
                make one or more asset or stock acquisitions in an amount not to
                exceed $25,000,000 in any individual case or $50,000,000 in the
                aggregate; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such stock acquisition
                shall not result in the Borrower, individually or collectively
                with any one or more of its Affiliates, owning, either legally
                or beneficially, more than fifty percent (50.00%) of the Voting
                Stock of any entity which is the subject of such acquisition;
                and

                    (b) subject to the requirements of this ss.9.5.2(b), the
                Borrower may effecT asset or stock acquisitions in addition to
                those otherwise permitted by



<PAGE>   51

                                      -44-



                this ss.9.5.2 to the extent that (i) the business to be acquired
                (the "Target") is in the same or similar lines of business as
                the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties, (ii) each of the
                annual financial statements of the Target for each of the
                immediately preceding three (3) fiscal years of the Target and
                each of its Subsidiaries, show a positive net income prior to
                adjustments, (iii) following the completion of such Permitted
                Acquisition, the Borrower or one of its wholly owned
                Subsidiaries shall own one hundred percent (100%) of the stock
                and assets of the Target and each of its Subsidiaries, (iv) as
                of the date of such Permitted Acquisition, no Default or Event
                of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur
                after giving effect thereto; (v) after giving effect to such
                Permitted Acquisition, the ratio of Consolidated Funded Debt as
                at the most recent fiscal quarter end of the Borrower to EBITDA
                for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending
                with such quarter end (as shown on a PRO FORMA basis based upon
                (A) the most recently delivered financial statements of the
                Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered in accordance with
                ss.8.4 and (B) audited financial statements for such Target as
                at the most recent fiscaL quarter end of the Borrower which are
                accompanied by an unqualified audited opinion letter from Arthur
                Anderson LLP or another nationally recognized accounting firm
                satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks or which are
                otherwise satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks)
                would not exceed 3.0:1.0; and (vi) contemporaneously with the
                closing of such Permitted Acquisition, the Borrower shall
                provide to the Agent and the Banks a compliance certificate in
                the form of EXHIBIT C, duly certified by the principal financial
                or accounting officer of the Borrower, indicating the Borrower's
                compliance with (x) the financial covenants contained in ss.10
                immediately prior to and, on a PRO FORMA basis, immediately
                following such Permitted Acquisition and (y) on a PRO FORMA
                basis, the requirement set forth in ss.9.5.2(b)(v); and PROVIDED
                FURTHER that, contemporaneously with the closing of such
                Permitted Acquisition, any newly acquired Subsidiary shall,
                pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to
                the Agent and the Agent's Special Counsel, become a party to and
                Guarantor under, and be bound by all of the terms and conditions
                of, a Guaranty in the form of EXHIBIT E hereto and shall provide
                to the Agent, in addition to such Guaranty, such evidence of
                corporate authorization, legal opinions and other documentation
                as the Agent may request. To the extent that any such Permitted
                Acquisition alters the accuracy or completeness of any of the
                Schedules hereto, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent,
                contemporaneously with the delivery of the loan documentation
                referred to above, revised schedules reflecting changes
                resulting from such Permitted Acquisition; PROVIDED that the
                Agent shall only be required to accept such revised schedules,
                and such revised schedules shall only become part of this Credit
                Agreement, in the event that the Borrower shall have taken any
                and all action necessary to bring such newly acquired Subsidiary
                into compliance with each representation and warranty set forth
                herein, including in ss.7 hereof; and PROVIDED FURTHER that no
                change resulting from any Permitted Acquisition would have a
                material adverse effect on the Borrower and the other
                Transaction Parties, taken as a whole.

<PAGE>   52

                                      -45-



                9.5.3. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. The Borrower will not, and will
                not permit any of the other Transaction Parties to, become a
                party to or agree to or effect any disposition of assets, other
                than the disposition of assets in the ordinary course of
                business, consistent with past practices, and dispositions of
                Margin Stock for fair market value in cash.

         9.6. SALE AND LEASEBACK. Except for arrangements described on SCHEDULE
9.6 and arrangements with respect to which the property being sold or
transferred has an aggregate fair market value not to exceed $10,000,000 for all
such arrangements, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the other
Transaction Parties to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly,
whereby the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall sell or
transfer any property owned by it in order then or thereafter to lease such
property or lease other property that the Borrower or any of the other
Transaction Parties intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the
property being sold or transferred.

         9.7. COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. Except to the extent that any
of the following would not have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of the Transaction Parties, considered as a whole,
the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the other Transaction Parties
to, (i) use any of the Real Estate or any portion thereof for the handling,
processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances, (ii) cause or permit to
be located on any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground
storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances, (iii) generate any Hazardous
Substances on any of the Real Estate, (iv) conduct any activity at any Real
Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner so as to cause a release (i.e.
releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
injecting, escaping, leaching, disposing or dumping) or threatened release of
Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real Estate or (v) otherwise conduct
any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate in any manner that would
violate any Environmental Law or bring such Real Estate in violation of any
Environmental Law.

         9.8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate will

                (a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of
         ss.406 of ERISA or ss.4975 of the Code which could result in a material
         liability for the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties; or

                (b) permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an "accumulated
         funding deficiency", as such term is defined in ss.302 of ERISA,
         whether or not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

                (c) fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an
         extent which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner
         which, could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the
         assets of the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties pursuant
         to ss.302(f) or ss.4068 of ERISA; or

                (d) amend any Guaranteed Pension Plan in circumstances requiring
         the posting of security pursuant to ss.307 of ERISA or ss.401(a)(29) of
         the Code; or


<PAGE>   53

                                      -46-



                (e) permit or take any action which would result in the
         aggregate benefit liabilities (with the meaning of ss.4001 of ERISA) of
         all Guaranteed Pension Plans exceeding the value of thE aggregate
         assets of such Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit
         liabilities and assets of any such Plan with assets in excess of
         benefit liabilities.

         9.9. CAPITALIZATION. The Borrower will not and will not permit any of
the other Transaction Parties to designate, establish or create any new or
additional series of capital stock or effect or permit any change in or
amendment to its charter documents (other than a change to increase the amount
of authorized common stock of such Person) or any other document or instrument
pertaining to the terms of the capital stock of such Person. Neither the
Borrower nor any of the other Transaction Parties will enter into or permit to
exist any contractual or other obligation to redeem, retire or repurchase any of
its capital stock.

         9.10. AGREEMENTS REGARDING HADCO FSC AND NEW ZYCON. Neither the
Borrower nor any of the other Transaction Parties shall permit Hadco FSC (a) to
engage in any activities other than those directly related to its purpose as a
foreign sales corporation pursuant to ss.ss.921-927 of the Code or (b) at Any
time to own, hold or have an interest in property or assets, whether tangible or
intangible and including cash and cash equivalents, with a fair market value in
excess of $2,000,000. Neither the Borrower nor any of the other Transaction
Parties shall permit New Zycon (x) to engage in any activities other than
holding the name "Zycon Corporation" for the benefit of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries or (y) at any time to own, hold or have an interest in property or
assets, whether tangible or intangible and including cash and cash equivalents,
with a fair market value in excess of $50,000.

                    10. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

         The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligation to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

         10.1. FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA. The Borrower will not, as at the end of
any four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower, permit the ratio of (a)
Consolidated Funded Debt as at such quarter end to (b) EBITDA for such four
consecutive fiscal quarters then ended to be greater than 3.25:1.00.

         10.2. DEBT SERVICE. The Borrower will not, as at the end of any four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower, permit the ratio of (a) EBIT for
such fiscal quarters to (b) Consolidated Total Interest Expense for such fiscal
quarters, to be less than 3.5:1.0.

         10.3. CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH. The Borrower will not permit Consolidated
Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (a) $60,000,000 PLUS (b) on a
cumulative basis, fifty percent (50%) of positive Consolidated Net Income (not
to be reduced for losses) for each fiscal quarter beginning with the fiscal
quarter ended January 25, 1997, PLUS (c) one hundred percent (100%) of the net
proceeds of any sale by the Borrower since January 8, 1997 of (i) equity
securities issued by the Borrower or (ii) warrants or subscription rights for
equity securities issued by the Borrower MINUS (d) without duplication (and in
the event


<PAGE>   54

                                      -47-



not included in the calculation of positive Consolidated Net Income in clause
(b) above), Non-Cash Acquisition Expenses.

         10.4. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. The Borrower will not at any time
permit the ratio of (a)(i) EBITDA for any four consecutive fiscal quarters of
the Borrower MINUS (ii) Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries during such period MINUS (iii) cash taxes paid by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries during such period to (b)(i) principal payments on
Indebtedness for borrowed money made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
during such period PLUS (ii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for such period to be less than 1.10:1.00. The calculation
of such ratio shall include, on a PRO FORMA basis and if and to the extent
approved by the Majority Banks (which approval shall require, INTER ALIA, the
Agent's and the Banks' receipt of audited financial statements for any Target
acquired in accordance with ss.9.5.2(b), together with aN unqualified audited
opinion letter from Arthur Andersen LLP or another nationally recognized
accounting firm satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks, or which
financial statements or opinion letter shall otherwise be satisfactory to the
Agent and the Majority Banks), EBITDA for such period of any Target acquired in
compliance with ss.9.5.2(b).

                             11. CLOSING CONDITIONS.

         The obligations of the Banks to make the initial Loans and of the Agent
to issue any initial Letters of Credit shall be subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions precedent on or prior to December 15, 1997:

         11.1. LOAN DOCUMENTS. Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly
executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force
and effect and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Banks.
Each Bank shall have received a fully executed copy of each such document. The
conditions, actions and items set forth in the Post-Closing Letter shall not be
deemed waived by virtue of the fact that they are not completed as of the
Closing Date.

         11.2. CERTIFIED COPIES OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS. Each of the Banks shall
have received from each of the Borrower and Hadco Santa Clara, a copy, certified
by a duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the
Closing Date, of each of (i) its charter or other incorporation documents as in
effect on such date of certification, and (ii) its by-laws as in effect on such
date.

         11.3. CORPORATE ACTION. All corporate action necessary for the valid
execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of the other
Transaction Parties of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to
which it is or is to become a party shall have been duly and effectively taken,
and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Banks shall have been provided to each
of the Banks.

         11.4. INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE. Each of the Banks shall have received
from each Transaction Party an incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing
Date, signed by a duly authorized officer of such Transaction Party, and giving
the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who shall be
authorized: (i) to sign, in the name and on behalf of each such Transaction
Party, each of the Loan Documents to which such Transaction 


<PAGE>   55

                                      -48-



Party is or is to become a party; (ii) in the case of the Borrower, to make Loan
Requests and Conversion Requests and to apply for Letters of Credit; and (iii)
to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under the Loan Documents
to which it is a party.

         11.5. UCC SEARCH RESULTS. The Agent shall have received from each of
the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties the results of UCC searches in
jurisdictions certified by the Borrower as constituting the locations of all
offices and locations, including the chief executive office, of the Borrower and
each of the other Transaction Parties and in such other jurisdictions as the
Agent may request, indicating no liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

         11.6. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. The Agent shall have received (i) a
certificate of insurance from an independent insurance broker dated as of the
Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, and
policy terms, and otherwise describing the insurance obtained in accordance with
the provisions of this Credit Agreement and (ii) certified copies of all
policies evidencing such insurance (or certificates therefore signed by the
insurer or an agent authorized to bind the insurer).

         11.7. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE. Each of the Banks shall have received an
officer's certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Closing Date as to the
solvency of the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties following the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the other Loan
Documents and in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks.

         11.8. OPINION OF COUNSEL. Each of the Banks and the Agent shall have
received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Banks and the Agent, dated
as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the
Agent, from Berlin, Hamilton & Dahmen, counsel to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

         11.9. PAYMENT OF FEES. The Borrower shall have paid to the Banks or the
Agent, as appropriate, any Letter of Credit fees and the fees payable pursuant
to ss.5.1 and the Agent's Side Letter.

         11.10. PAY-OFF LETTERS, ETC. The Agent shall have received separate
pay-off letters, each satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, from each
of the Exiting Banks, indicating all loan obligations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries to such Exiting Bank under the Original Credit Agreement to be
discharged on the Closing Date and setting forth an agreement by each such
Exiting Bank that, upon receipt of such funds, all loan obligations shall be
paid and discharged in full and instructing the Agent to use a portion of the
proceeds of the initial Loans to make such repayments.

                        12. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.

         The obligations of the Banks to make any Loan, and of the Agent to
issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit, in each case whether on or after
the Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

         12.1. REPRESENTATIONS TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. Each of the
representations and warranties of any of the Borrower and the Guarantors
contained in this Credit



<PAGE>   56

                                      -49-



Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered
pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall be true as of the
date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of
the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of
Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as of that time (except to the
extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the
ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially
adverse, and to the extent that such representations and warranties relate
expressly to an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing. The Agent shall have received a certificate of the
Borrower signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower to such effect.

         12.2. NO LEGAL IMPEDIMENT. No change shall have occurred in any law or
regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion
of any Bank would make it illegal for such Bank to make such Loan or to
participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or in
the reasonable opinion of the Agent would make it illegal for the Agent to
issue, extend or renew such Letter of Credit.

         12.3. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION. Each Bank shall have received such
statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such
Bank shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations
of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

         12.4. PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All proceedings in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in
form to the Banks and to the Agent and the Agent's Special Counsel, and the
Banks, the Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such
counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as the
Agent may reasonably request.

                    13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.

         13.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION. If any of the following
events ("Events of Default" or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or
both is required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, "Defaults") shall
occur:

                (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Loans or
         any Reimbursement Obligation when the same shall become due and
         payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date
         of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;

                (b) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         fail to pay any interest on the Loans, the commitment fee, any Letter
         of Credit Fee, the Agent's fee, or other sums due hereunder or under
         any of the other Loan Documents, within two (2) Business Days after the
         day on which the same shall become due and payable, whether at the
         stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or at any
         other date fixed for payment;


<PAGE>   57

                                      -50-



                (c) the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of its covenants
         contained in ss.8, 9 or 10;

                (d) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         fail to perform any term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in
         any of the other Loan Documents (other than those specified elsewhere
         in this ss.13.1) for twenty (20) days after written notice of sucH
         failure has been given to the Borrower by the Agent;

                (e) any representation or warranty of the Borrower or any of the
         other Transaction Parties in this Credit Agreement or any of the other
         Loan Documents or in any other document or instrument delivered
         pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to
         have been false in any material respect upon the date when made or
         deemed to have been made or repeated;

                (f) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         fail to pay at maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any
         obligations for borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any
         Capitalized Leases, which obligations exceed $5,000,000 in the
         aggregate, or fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or
         agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound (excluding,
         however, any such term, covenant or agreement relating to the pledge or
         disposition of Margin Stock), evidencing or securing borrowed money or
         credit received or in respect of any Capitalized Leases exceeding
         $5,000,000 in the aggregate, for such period of time as would permit
         (assuming the giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or
         holders thereof or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate
         the maturity thereof;

                (g) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing
         its inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature
         or become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a
         trustee or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of the Borrower or
         any of the other Transaction Parties or of any substantial part of the
         assets of the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties or shall
         commence any case or other proceeding relating to the Borrower or any
         of the other Transaction Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
         arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
         liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now or hereafter in
         effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in furtherance of any
         of the foregoing, or if any such petition or application shall be filed
         or any such case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the
         Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties and the Borrower or
         any of the other Transaction Parties shall indicate its approval
         thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or
         application shall not have been dismissed within forty-five (45) days
         following the filing thereof;

                (h) a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee,
         custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating the Borrower or any
         of the other Transaction Parties bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a
         petition in any such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for
         relief is entered in respect of the Borrower or


<PAGE>   58

                                      -51-



         any of the other Transaction Parties in an involuntary case under
         federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;

                (i) there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and
         unstayed, for more than thirty (30) days, any final judgment against
         the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties that, with other
         outstanding final judgments, undischarged, against the Borrower or any
         of the other Transaction Parties exceeds in the aggregate $5,000,000;

                (j) if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled, terminated,
         revoked or rescinded, in each case otherwise than with the express
         prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Banks, or any
         action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel,
         revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents shall be commenced by or on
         behalf of the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties party
         thereto or any of their respective stockholders, or any court or any
         other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent
         jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment,
         order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Loan
         Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the
         terms thereof;

                (k) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurs any liability to
         the PBGC or a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Title IV of ERISA in
         an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000; the Borrower or any ERISA
         Affiliate is assessed withdrawal liability pursuant to Title IV of
         ERISA by a Multiemployer Plan requiring aggregate annual payments
         exceeding $2,000,000, or any of the following occurs with respect to a
         Guaranteed Pension Plan: (i) an ERISA Reportable Event, or a failure to
         make a required installment or other payment (within the meaning of
         ss.302(f)(1) of ERISA), provided the Agent determines in its reasonable
         discretioN that such event (A) could be expected to result in liability
         of the Borrower to the PBGC or the Plan in an aggregate amount
         exceeding $2,000,000 and (B) could constitute grounds for the
         termination of such Plan by the PBGC, for the appointment by the
         appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer
         such Plan or for the imposition of a lien in favor of the Guaranteed
         Pension Plan; (ii) the appointment by a United States District court of
         a trustee to administer such Plan; or (iii) the institution by the PBGC
         of proceedings to terminate such Plan;

                (l) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         be enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any
         court or any administrative or regulatory agency from conducting any
         material part of its business and such order shall continue in effect
         for more than thirty (30) days;

                (m) there shall occur any strike, lockout, labor dispute,
         embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty,
         which in any such case causes, for more than fifteen (15) consecutive
         days, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing
         activities at any facility of the Borrower or any of the other
         Transaction Parties if such event or circumstance is not covered by
         business interruption insurance and would have a material adverse
         effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower and the
         other Transaction Parties, considered as a whole;


<PAGE>   59

                                      -52-



                (n) there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of, or
         failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired
         by the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties if such loss,
         suspension, revocation or failure to renew would have a material
         adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower
         and the other Transaction Parties, considered as a whole;

                (o) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties shall
         be indicted for a state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal
         action shall otherwise have been brought or threatened against the
         Borrower or any the other Transaction Parties, a punishment for which
         in any such case could include the forfeiture of any assets of the
         Borrower or such other Transaction Party having a fair market value in
         excess of $1,000,000; or

                (p) any person or group of persons (within the meaning of
         Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
         shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
         13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said
         Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the outstanding shares of
         common stock of the Borrower; or, during any period of twelve
         consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors of the
         Borrower on the first day of such period shall cease to constitute a
         majority of the board of directors of the Borrower or the Borrower
         shall, at any time, legally or beneficially own less than one hundred
         percent (100%) of the shares of the capital stock of Hadco Santa Clara
         (on a fully diluted basis);

then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Agent
may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice in writing to
the Borrower declare all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents and all Reimbursement Obligations to be,
and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; PROVIDED that in the event of any Event
of Default specified in ss.ss.13.1(g) or 13.1(h), all such amounts shall become
immediately due and payable automatically and without any requirement of notice
from the Agent or any Bank.

         13.2. TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS. If any one or more of the Events of
Default specified in ss.13.1(g) or ss.13.1(h) shall occur and be continuing, any
unused portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the
Banks shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans to the Borrower
and the Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or
renew Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the Agent may and, upon the request of the Majority Banks, shall,
by notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion of the credit hereunder,
and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the credit hereunder
shall terminate immediately and each of the Banks shall be relieved of all
further obligations to make Loans and the Agent shall be relieved of all further
obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters of Credit. No termination of the
credit hereunder shall relieve the Borrower or any of the other Transaction
Parties of any of the Obligations.

         13.3. REMEDIES. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have
accelerated the


<PAGE>   60

                                      -53-



maturity of the Loans pursuant to ss.13.1, each Bank, if owed any amount with
respect to the Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations, may, with the consent of
the Majority Banks but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights
by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for
the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the
Obligations to such Bank are evidenced, including as permitted by applicable law
the obtaining of the EX PARTE appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount
shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the
payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Bank. No remedy
herein conferred upon any Bank or the Agent or the holder of any Note or
purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation is intended to be exclusive of
any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in
addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

                                   14. SETOFF.

         Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the continuance of
any Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of
the Banks to the Borrower and any securities or other property of the Borrower
in the possession of such Bank may be applied to or set off by such Bank against
the payment of Obligations and any and all other liabilities, direct, or
indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or
hereafter arising, of the Borrower to such Bank. Each of the Banks agrees with
each other Bank that (i) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to
Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank, other than Indebtedness evidenced by
the Notes held by such Bank or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to
such Bank, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and
to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Notes held by such Bank or
constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Bank, and (ii) if such Bank
shall receive from the Borrower, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the
right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim evidenced
by the Notes held by, or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such
Bank by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof
in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings,
or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Note or Notes
held by, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such Bank any amount in excess of
its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect to
the Notes held by, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all of the Banks, such
Bank will notify the Agent thereof and make such disposition and arrangements
with the other Banks with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution,
PRO TANTO assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each
Bank receiving in respect of the Notes held by it or Reimbursement Obligations
owed it, its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Credit Agreement;
PROVIDED that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered
from such Bank, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the
amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

                                 15. THE AGENT.

         15.1.  AUTHORIZATION.


<PAGE>   61

                                      -54-



                (a) The Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of
         each of the Banks and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and
         under any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents
         delegated to the Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably
         incident thereto; PROVIDED that no duties or responsibilities not
         expressly assumed herein or therein shall be implied to have been
         assumed by the Agent.

                (b) The relationship between the Agent and each of the Banks is
         that of an independent contractor. The use of the term "Agent" is for
         convenience only and is used to describe, as a form of convention, the
         independent contractual relationship between the Agent and each of the
         Banks. Nothing contained in this Credit Agreement nor the other Loan
         Documents shall be construed to create an agency, trust or other
         fiduciary relationship between the Agent and any of the Banks.

                (c) As an independent contractor empowered by the Banks to
         exercise certain rights and perform certain duties and responsibilities
         hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Agent is nevertheless
         a "representative" of the Banks, as that term is defined in Article 1
         of the Uniform Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the benefit
         of the Banks and the Agent with respect to all collateral security and
         guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents.

         15.2. EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Agent may exercise its powers and
execute its duties by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to
take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its
rights and duties under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The
Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Agent in its sole
discretion may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any
such Persons shall be paid by the Borrower.

         15.3. NO LIABILITY. Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders,
directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their
duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver,
consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good
faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in
connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences of any
oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Agent or such other
Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its willful
misconduct or gross negligence.

         15.4. NO REPRESENTATIONS. The Agent shall not be responsible for the
execution or validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement, the Notes, the
Letters of Credit, any of the other Loan Documents or any instrument at any time
constituting, or intended to constitute, collateral security for the Notes, or
for the value of any such collateral security or for the validity,
enforceability or collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the
Notes, or for any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made
herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or instrument
hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the other
Transaction Parties, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance
or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements herein or
in any instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute,
collateral security for the Notes or to inspect any of the properties, books or
records of the Borrower or any of the Transaction Parties. The Agent shall not
be bound to


<PAGE>   62

                                      -55-



ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the
Borrower or any holder of any of the Notes shall have been duly authorized or is
true, accurate and complete. The Agent has not made nor does it now make any
representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it assume any
liability to the Banks, with respect to the credit worthiness or financial
conditions of the Borrower or any of the Transaction Parties. Each Bank
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based upon such information and documents as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit
Agreement.

         15.5. PAYMENTS.

                15.5.1. PAYMENTS TO AGENT. A payment by the Borrower to the
                Agent hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents for the
                account of any Bank shall constitute a payment to such Bank. The
                Agent agrees promptly to distribute to each Bank such Bank's PRO
                RATA share of payments received by the Agent for the account of
                the Banks except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in
                any of the other Loan Documents.

                15.5.2. DISTRIBUTION BY AGENT. If, in the opinion of the Agent,
                the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity
                hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other Loan
                Documents might involve it in liability, it may refrain from
                making distribution until its right to make distribution shall
                have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. If a
                court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount
                received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each
                Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall
                either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount
                so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such
                manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.

                15.5.3. DELINQUENT BANKS. Notwithstanding anything to the
                contrary contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other
                Loan Documents, any Bank that fails (i) to make available to the
                Agent its PRO RATA share of any Loan or to purchase any Letter
                of Credit Participation or (ii) to comply with the provisions of
                ss.14 with respect to making dispositions and arrangements with
                the other Banks, where such Bank's share of any payment
                received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its
                PRO RATA share of such payments due and payable to all of the
                Banks, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by
                the provisions of this Credit Agreement, shall be deemed
                delinquent (a "Delinquent Bank") and shall be deemed a
                Delinquent Bank until such time as such delinquency is
                satisfied. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have assigned
                any and all payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on
                account of outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations,
                interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent
                Banks for application to, and reduction of, their respective PRO
                RATA shares of all outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement
                Obligations. The Delinquent Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to
                distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Banks in
                proportion to their respective PRO RATA shares of all
                outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. A

<PAGE>   63

                                      -56-



                Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a
                delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the
                assigned payments to all outstanding Loans and Unpaid
                Reimbursement Obligations of the nondelinquent Banks, the Banks'
                respective PRO RATA shares of all outstanding Loans and Unpaid
                Reimbursement Obligations have returned to those in effect
                immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect
                to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

         15.6. HOLDERS OF NOTES. The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any
Note or the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation as the absolute
owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been
furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent
holder, assignee or transferee.

         15.7. INDEMNITY. The Banks ratably agree hereby to indemnify and hold
harmless the Agent from and against any and all claims, actions and suits
(whether groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs, expenses (including
any expenses for which the Agent has not been reimbursed by the Borrower as
required by ss.16), and liabilities of every nature and character arising out of
or related to this CrediT Agreement, the Notes, or any of the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated or evidenced hereby or thereby, or
the Agent's actions taken hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent that any
of the same shall be directly caused by the Agent's willful misconduct or gross
negligence.

         15.8. AGENT AS BANK. In its individual capacity, BKB shall have the
same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its
Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the Notes and
as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participations, as it would have were
it not also the Agent.

         15.9. RESIGNATION. The Agent may resign at any time by giving sixty
(60) days prior written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any
such resignation, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent. Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, such successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.
If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and
shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a financial institution
having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's
Corporation. Upon the appointment of and acceptance by a successor Agent and so
long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
resigning Agent will pay to the successor Agent a PRO RATA portion of the annual
Agent's fee described in the Agent's Side Letter, calculated by multiplying the
annual amount of such fee by a fraction, the numerator of which is 365 MINUS the
number of days which have elapsed since the Borrower's most recent payment of
such fee and the denominator of which is 365. Upon the acceptance of any
appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent's
resignation, the provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.


<PAGE>   64

                                      -57-



                                  16. EXPENSES.

         The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing and
reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other
agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) any taxes (including any
interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Agent or any of the
Banks (other than taxes based upon the Agent's or any Bank's net income) on or
with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement (the
Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Agent and each Bank with respect
thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent's
Special Counsel or any local counsel to the Agent incurred in connection with
the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan Documents and
other instruments mentioned herein, each closing hereunder, and amendments,
modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto or hereunder, (d) the
reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the Agent incurred by the Agent
in connection with the evaluation of the Borrower and the other Transaction
Parties and with the preparation, administration or interpretation of the Loan
Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, including, without limitation,
commercial finance examination expenses, (e) all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs,
which attorneys may be employees of any Bank or the Agent, and reasonable
consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banking and similar professional
fees and charges) incurred by any Bank or the Agent in connection with (i) the
enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against
the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties or the administration
thereof after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any
litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any
way related to any Bank's or the Agent's relationship with the Borrower or any
of the other Transaction Parties (but excluding disputes solely between or among
the Banks), and (f) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any Bank
or the Agent incurred in connection with UCC searches. The covenants of this
ss.16 shall survive payment or satisfaction of all other Obligations.

                              17. INDEMNIFICATION.

         The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and the
Banks from and against any and all claims, actions and suits whether groundless
or otherwise, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages and
expenses of every nature and character arising out of this Credit Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby
including, without limitation, (a) any actual or proposed use by the Borrower or
any of the other Transaction Parties of the proceeds of any of the Loans or
Letters of Credit, (b) the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties
entering into or performing this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents or (c) with respect to the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties
and their respective properties and assets, the violation of any Environmental
Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge,
emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances or any
action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with respect to
any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited to, claims with respect to
wrongful death, personal injury or damage to property), in each case including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and
allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in connection with any such
investigation, litigation or other proceeding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such
indemnity shall not apply to the portion, if any, of any such


<PAGE>   65

                                      -58-



losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses of any Person seeking
indemnification that is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final
and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross
negligence of such Person seeking indemnification. In litigation, or the
preparation therefor, the Banks and the Agent shall be entitled to select their
own counsel and, in addition to the foregoing indemnity, the Borrower agrees to
pay promptly the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. If, and to the
extent that the obligations of the Borrower under this ss.17 are unenforceable
for any reason, the Borrower hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to
the payment in satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under
applicable law. The covenants contained in this ss.17 shall survive payment or
satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

                         18. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.

         All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein,
in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other
papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the other Transaction
Parties pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks
and the Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by
any of them, and shall survive the making by the Banks of any of the Loans and
the issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as herein
contemplated, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter
of Credit or any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Notes or any of
the other Loan Documents remains outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to
make any Loans or the Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any
Letter of Credit, and for such further time as may be otherwise expressly
specified in this Credit Agreement. All statements contained in any certificate
or other paper delivered to any Bank or the Agent at any time by or on behalf of
the Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties pursuant hereto or in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute
representations and warranties by the Borrower or such other Transaction Party
hereunder.

                        19. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.

         19.1. CONDITIONS TO ASSIGNMENT BY BANKS. Except as provided herein,
each Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or
a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of
the Loans at the time owing to it, the Notes held by it and its participating
interest in the risk relating to any Letters of Credit); PROVIDED that (i) each
of the Agent and, unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the Borrower shall have given its prior written consent to such
assignment, which consents will not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) each such
assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the
assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, (iii) each
assignment shall be in an amount that is a whole multiple of $5,000,000, (iv)
each Bank which is a Bank on the date hereof shall retain, free of any such
assignment, an amount of its Commitment of not less than $10,000,000 and (v) the
parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for recording
in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance,
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT D hereto (an "Assignment and Acceptance"),
together with any Notes subject to such assignment. Upon such execution,
delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified
in each Assignment and Acceptance,


<PAGE>   66

                                      -59-



which effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days after the
execution thereof, (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to
the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Bank hereunder, and (ii) the assigning Bank shall, to the
extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the Agent of the
registration fee referred to in ss.19.3, be released from its obligations under
this Credit Agreement.

         19.2. CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATIONS; COVENANTS.
By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to the
assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties
hereto as follows:

                (a) other than the representation and warranty that it is the
         legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free
         and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no
         representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no
         responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
         representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or
         the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
         sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents
         or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or the
         attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or
         mortgage,

                (b) the assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty and
         assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of
         the Borrower and the other Transaction Parties or any other Person
         primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations,
         or the performance or observance by the Borrower and the other
         Transaction Parties or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable
         in respect of any of the Obligations of any of their obligations under
         this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other
         instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

                (c) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this
         Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
         statements referred to in ss.7.4 and ss.8.4 And such other documents
         and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
         analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

                (d) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon
         the assigning Bank, the Agent or any other Bank and based on such
         documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
         continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
         action under this Credit Agreement;

                (e) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible
         Assignee;

                (f) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
         action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
         Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the
         Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are
         reasonably incidental thereto;


<PAGE>   67

                                      -60-



                (g) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
         their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Credit
         Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank;

                (h) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
         authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; and

                (i) such assignee acknowledges that it has made arrangements
         with the assigning Bank satisfactory to such assignee with respect to
         its PRO RATA share of Letter of Credit Fees in respect of outstanding
         Letters of Credit.

         19.3. REGISTER. The Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and
Acceptance delivered to it and a register or similar list (the "Register") for
the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment
Percentage of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to and Letter of Credit
Participations purchased by, the Banks from time to time. The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded
in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks at
any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Upon
each recordation of an assignment under this ss.19, the assigning or assignee
Bank agrees to pay to the Agent a registration fee in the sum of $3,500.

         19.4. NEW NOTES. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Note subject to
such assignment, the Agent shall (i) record the information contained therein in
the Register, and (ii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks
(other than the assigning Bank). Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of
such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the
Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such
Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such Eligible
Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Bank
has retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order
of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.
Such new Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the surrendered
Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of the surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of
such in Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be substantially the form
of the assigned Notes. Within five (5) days of issuance of any new Notes
pursuant to this ss.19.4, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel,
addressed to the Banks and the Agent, relating to the due authorization,
execution and delivery of such new Notes and the legality, validity and binding
effect thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks. The surrendered
Notes shall be cancelled and returned to the Borrower within a reasonable time
following the issuance of any new Note.

         19.5. PARTICIPATIONS. Each Bank may sell Participations to one or more
banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; PROVIDED
that (i) each such participation shall be in an amount of not less than
$5,000,000, (ii) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and
duties of the selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower and (iii) the only rights
granted to the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with
respect to


<PAGE>   68

                                      -61-



waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents shall be the rights
to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that would reduce the principal
of or the interest rate on any Loans, extend the term or increase the amount of
the Commitment of such Bank as it relates to such participant, reduce the amount
of any commitment fees or Letter of Credit Fees to which such participant is
entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment date for principal or
interest.

         19.6. DISCLOSURE. The Borrower agrees that, in addition to disclosures
made in accordance with standard and customary banking practices and in
accordance with the requirements of ss.28 hereof, any Bank may disclose
information obtained by such Bank pursuant to this Credit Agreement to assignees
or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder; PROVIDED that
such assignees or participants or potential assignees or participants shall
agree (i) to treat in confidence such information unless such information
otherwise becomes public knowledge, (ii) not to disclose such information to a
third party, except as required by law or legal process and (iii) not to make
use of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to such
contemplated assignment or participation.

         19.7. ASSIGNEE OR PARTICIPANT AFFILIATED WITH THE BORROWER. If any
assignee Bank is an Affiliate of the Borrower, then any such assignee Bank shall
have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of
agreeing to amendments or other modifications to any of the Loan Documents or
for purposes of making requests to the Agent pursuant to ss.13.1 or ss.13.2, and
the determination of the Majority Banks shall For all purposes of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents be made without regard to such assignee Bank's
interest in any of the Loans. If any Bank sells a participating interest in any
of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations to a participant, and such participant
is the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, then such transferor Bank shall
promptly notify the Agent of the sale of such participation. A transferor Bank
shall have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of
agreeing to amendments or modifications to any of the Loan Documents or for
purposes of making requests to the Agent pursuant to ss.13.1 or ss.13.2 to the
extent that such participation is beneficially owned by the Borrower or Any
Affiliate of the Borrower, and the determination of the Majority Banks shall for
all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents be made without
regard to the interest of such transferor Bank in the Loans to the extent of
such participation.

         19.8. MISCELLANEOUS ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS. Any assigning Bank shall
retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to ss.16 and ss.17 with respect to
any claims or actions arising prior to the date of such assignment. If any
assignee Bank is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America
or any state thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees
are payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for its account,
deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification as to its exemption from
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. Anything
contained in this ss.19 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Bank may at any
time pledge all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Credit
Agreement (including all or any portion of its Notes) to any of the twelve
Federal Reserve Banks organized under ss.4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C.
ss.341. No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release such pledgor
Bank from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

<PAGE>   69

                                      -62-



         19.9. ASSIGNMENT BY BORROWER. The Borrower shall not assign or transfer
any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the
prior written consent of each of the Banks.

                                20. NOTICES, ETC.

         Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all
notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this
Credit Agreement or the Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications shall be in
writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or
certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, or sent
by telegraph, telecopy, facsimile or telex and confirmed by delivery via courier
or postal service, addressed as follows:

                (a) if to the Borrower, at 12A Manor Parkway, Salem, New
         Hampshire 03709, Attention: Timothy P. Losik, or at such other address
         for notice as the Borrower shall last have furnished in writing to the
         Person giving the notice;

                (b) if to the Agent, at 100 Federal Street, Boston,
         Massachusetts 02110, USA, Attention: Jeffrey G. Millman, Vice
         President, or Division Executive, or such other address for notice as
         the Agent shall last have furnished in writing to the Person giving the
         notice; and

                (c) if to any Bank, at such Bank's address set forth on SCHEDULE
         1 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Bank shall have last
         furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice.

         Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or
made and to have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier or
facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is directed, at the
time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the sending of such facsimile and
(ii) if sent by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, on
the third Business Day following the mailing thereof.

                               21. GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED
THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
(EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER
AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT
BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SS.21. THE
BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
VENUE OF


<PAGE>   70

                                      -63-



ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT
COURT.

                                  22. HEADINGS.

         The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference
only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

                                23. COUNTERPARTS.

         This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in
several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which
when executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together
shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not
be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by
the party against whom enforcement is sought.

                           24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.

         The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection
herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement
nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as
provided in ss.26.

                            25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

         THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO
ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CREDIT
AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, ANY RIGHTS OR
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT
IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO IN THE PRECEDING
SENTENCE ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER (I)
CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY BANK OR THE AGENT HAS
REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH BANK OR THE AGENT WOULD NOT, IN
THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND (II)
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS
CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY BY, AMONG
OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.

                     26. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.

         Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement
to be given by all of the Banks may be given, and any term of this Credit
Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or
mentioned herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the
Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties of any terms of this Credit
Agreement, the other Loan Documents or such other instrument

<PAGE>   71

                                      -64-



or the continuance of any Default or Event of Default may be waived (either
generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively)
with, but only with, the written consent of the Borrower and the written consent
of the Majority Banks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rate of interest on
the Notes (other than interest accruing pursuant to ss.5.10.2 following the
effective date of any waiver by the Majority Banks of the Default or Event oF
Default relating thereto), the term of the Notes, the amount of the Commitments
of the Banks, and the amount of commitment fee or Letter of Credit Fees
hereunder may not be changed, and no scheduled date for the payment of
principal, interest or fees may be postponed or extended without the written
consent of the Borrower and the written consent of each Bank affected thereby;
the definition of Majority Banks and the terms of this Section 26 may not be
amended and no collateral or guaranty may be released without the written
consent of all of the Banks; and the amount of the Agent's Fee or any Letter of
Credit Fees payable for the Agent's account and ss.15 may not be amended without
the written consent of the Agent. No waiver shall extend to or affect any
obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No
course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Agent or any Bank in
exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise be
prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle the
Borrower to other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

                                27. SEVERABILITY.

         The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one
clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in
part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect
only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall
not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or
any other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.

               28. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

         28.1. SHARING OF INFORMATION WITH SECTION 20 SUBSIDIARY. The Borrower
acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and
other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower in connection with
this Credit Agreement or otherwise, by a Section 20 Subsidiary. The Borrower
hereby authorizes (a) such Section 20 Subsidiary to share with the Agent and
each Bank any information delivered to such Section 20 Subsidiary by the
Borrower, and (b) the Agent and each Bank to share with such Section 20
Subsidiary any information delivered to the Agent or such Bank by the Borrower
pursuant to this Credit Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such
Bank to enter into this Credit Agreement; it being understood, in each case,
that any such Section 20 Subsidiary receiving such information shall be bound by
the confidentiality provisions of this Credit Agreement. Such authorization
shall survive the payment and satisfaction in full of all of the Obligations.

         28.2. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Agent and the Banks agree to keep
any information delivered or made available to it by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any of the other Transaction Parties confidential from anyone other
than its employees, officers, attorneys and other advisors or any Section 20
Subsidiary, PROVIDED that nothing herein shall prevent the Agent or such Bank
from disclosing such information upon the order or


<PAGE>   72

                                      -65-



request of any court or administrative agency or authority, upon the request or
demand of any regulatory agency or authority, to the extent that such
information has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a disclosure
by the Agent or such Bank, otherwise as required by law or to any actual or
potential assignee or participant hereof pursuant to ss.19.6. The Borrower
agrees that it will, and will cause each of the other Transaction Parties to,
keep any information delivered or made available to it by or on behalf of the
Agent or any of the Banks (including, without limitation, the amount of any fees
payable to the Agent pursuant to ss.5.1 and the Agent's Side Letter)
confidential from anyone other that its employees, officers, attorneys and other
advisors, PROVIDED that nothing herein shall prevent the Borrower from
disclosing such information upon the order or request of any court or
administrative agency or authority, upon the request or demand of any regulatory
agency or authority, to the extent that such information has been publicly
disclosed other than as a result of disclosure by the Borrower or any of the
other Transaction Parties, or otherwise as required by law.

         28.3. PRIOR NOTIFICATION. Unless specifically prohibited by applicable
law or court order, each of the Banks and the Agent shall, prior to disclosure
thereof, notify the Borrower of any request for disclosure of any such
non-public information by any governmental agency or representative thereof
(other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial
condition of such Bank or the Agent by such governmental agency) or pursuant to
legal process.

         28.4. OTHER. In no event shall any Bank or the Agent be obligated or
required to return any materials furnished to it or any Section 20 Subsidiary by
the Borrower. The obligations of each Bank under this ss.28 shall supersede and
replace the obligations of such Bank under any confidentiality letter in respect
of this financing signed and delivered by such Bank to the Borrower prior to the
date hereof and shall be binding upon any assignee of, or purchaser of any
participation in, any interest in any of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations
from any Bank.

                          29. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

         29.1. PRIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDED. This Agreement shall supersede
the Original Credit Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this ss.29.
On the Closing Date, the rights and obligations of the parties (other than the
Exiting Banks) under the Original Credit Agreement and the "Notes" (as defined
in the Original Credit Agreement) issued in favor of the Banks (as defined in
the Original Credit Agreement) under the Original Credit Agreement (other than
any rights available to the Agent and the Banks (as defined in the Original
Credit Agreement) under ss.16 and ss.17 of the Original Credit Agreement), shall
be subsumed within and be governed by this Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each of the "Loans" (as defined in the
Original Credit Agreement) outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement on
the Closing Date shall, for purposes of this Credit Agreement, be Loans, and
shall continue to bear interest or be subject to fees at the respective rates in
effect immediately prior to the Closing Date, with the Borrower being
responsible for, and hereby confirming its obligation to pay, any breakage costs
associated with the payment of Eurodollar Rate Loans under the Original Credit
Agreement on a date which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period
(as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) with respect thereto; and PROVIDED
FURTHER that the rights and obligations of the Exiting Banks under the Original
Credit


<PAGE>   73

                                      -66-



Agreement and the related Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit
Agreement) shall be terminated in accordance with the terms of, and upon the
Exiting Banks' receipt of the payment specified in the separate pay-off letters
dated as of the date hereof among each Exiting Bank, the Company and the Agent.

         29.2. RETURN AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES. Upon its receipt of its Note or
Notes hereunder on the Closing Date, each Bank will promptly return to the
Company, marked "Canceled", any notes of the Company held by such Bank pursuant
to the Original Credit Agreement.

         29.3. FEES UNDER SUPERSEDED AGREEMENT. All commitment, Agent's and
other fees and expenses owing or accruing under or in respect of the Original
Credit Agreement through the Closing Date shall be calculated as of the Closing
Date (prorated in the case of any fractional periods), and shall be paid in
accordance with the method, and on the dates, specified in the Original Credit
Agreement, as if the Original Credit Agreement were still in effect.

                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]



<PAGE>   74


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit
Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                                   HADCO CORPORATION



                                   By: /s/ Timothy P. Losik
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Timothy P. Losik
                                       Title: Chief Financial Officer


                                   BANKBOSTON, N.A., individually and as Agent


                                   By: /s/ Jeffrey G. Millman
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Jeffrey G. Millman
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   ABN AMRO BANK N.V.


                                   By: /s/Brian M. Horgan
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Brian M. Horgan
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   THE BANK OF TOKYO - MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY


                                   By: /s/ Michael J. Cronin
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Michael J. Cronin
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                                   By: /s/ Stephen E. McDonald
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Stephen E. McDonald
                                       Title: First Vice President

<PAGE>   75


                                   KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


                                   By: /s/ Michael J. Landim
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Michael J. Landim
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
                                   ASSOCIATION


                                   By: /s/ Roger J. Fleischmann, Jr.
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Roger J. Fleischmann, Jr.
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


                                   By: /s/ [unreadable]
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title: Authorized Signatory


                                   THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED


                                   By: /s/ Kazuyuki Nishimura
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Kazuyuki Nishimura
                                       Title: Sr. Vice President & Group Head


                                   SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA


                                   By: /s/ W. David Wisdom
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  W. David Wisdon
                                       Title: Group Vice President


                                   By: /s/ Laura G. Harrison
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Laura G. Harrison
                                       Title: Assistant Vice President



                                   THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED


                                   By: /s/ J. Kenneth Biegen
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  J. Kenneth Biegen
                                       Title: Senior Vice President

<PAGE>   76

                                   CORESTATES BANK, N.A.


                                   By: /s/ Matthew T. Panarese
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Matthew T. Panarese
                                       Title: Vice President


                                   STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                                   By: /s/ Bruce S. Daniels
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Bruce S. Daniels
                                       Title: Vice President



                                   MELLON BANK, N.A.


                                   By: /s/ R. Jane Wisdrieck
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                   THE SANWA BANK, LIMITED


                                   By: /s/ Takayoshi Futae
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Takayoshi Futae
                                       Title: Deputy General Manager


                                   THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                   By: /s/ Daniel G. Eastman
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Daniel G. Eastman
                                       Title: Vice President & Manager


                                   By: /s/ Alfred DeGennis
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:  Alfred DeGennis
                                       Title: Vice President



<PAGE>   1

                                                                      EXHIBIT 11

<TABLE>
                                HADCO CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 28, 1995, OCTOBER 26, 1996, AND OCTOBER 25, 1997
<CAPTION>


                                                           1995           1996           1997
                                                           ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>           <C>
Primary:
     Net income                                         $21,374,000    $32,016,720   $(36,493,000)
                                                        -----------    -----------   ------------

     Average shares outstanding                           9,805,624     10,244,814     11,458,141
     Add: Average common stock equivalents outstanding    1,553,175      1,140,458         --
     Less: Shares assumed repurchased under the treasury 
       stock method                                        (552,364)      (301,330)        --
                                                        -----------    -----------   ------------

     Total                                               10,806,435     11,083,942     11,458,141
                                                        -----------    -----------   ------------

     Per share amount                                   $      1.98    $      2.89    $     (3.18)
                                                        -----------    -----------   ------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      Exhibit 21


                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      JURISDICTION OF
            NAME                                       INCORPORATION
            ----                                      ---------------
<S>                                                   <C> 
Hadco Corporation (Malaysia) SDN.BHD.                 Malaysia

Hadco Foreign Sales Corporation                       U.S. Virgin Islands

Hadco Santa Clara, Inc.                               Delaware

Zycon Corporation                                     Delaware


</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 24




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

                                  
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of
our report included in this Form 10-K into Hadco Corporation's previously filed
Registration Statements on Form S-8, File No. 33-2915, File No. 33-12555, File
No. 33-24975, File No. 33-24976, File No. 33-40616, File No. 33-48288, File No.
333-11485 and File No. 333-22377.


                                        /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Boston, Massachusetts
January 15, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-25-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-27-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-25-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          12,171
<SECURITIES>                                     1,562
<RECEIVABLES>                                   93,922
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,700
<INVENTORY>                                     46,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               166,683
<PP&E>                                         444,718
<DEPRECIATION>                                 213,228
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 502,517
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          112,990
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           655
<OTHER-SE>                                     239,257
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   502,517
<SALES>                                        648,705
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               648,705
<CGS>                                          507,313
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  571,899
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                78,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             (7,627)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (8,821)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    27,672
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (36,493)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (36,493)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (3.18)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission